WO2020143630A1 - Resource configuration method and apparatus - Google Patents

Resource configuration method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020143630A1
WO2020143630A1 PCT/CN2020/070715 CN2020070715W WO2020143630A1 WO 2020143630 A1 WO2020143630 A1 WO 2020143630A1 CN 2020070715 W CN2020070715 W CN 2020070715W WO 2020143630 A1 WO2020143630 A1 WO 2020143630A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
time unit
cot
configuration
terminal
configuration authorization
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2020/070715
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
温容慧
王俊伟
杨帆
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2020143630A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020143630A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W24/00Supervisory, monitoring or testing arrangements
    • H04W24/04Arrangements for maintaining operational condition
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • H04L5/003Arrangements for allocating sub-channels of the transmission path
    • H04L5/0053Allocation of signaling, i.e. of overhead other than pilot signals
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/20Control channels or signalling for resource management
    • H04W72/23Control channels or signalling for resource management in the downlink direction of a wireless link, i.e. towards a terminal

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a resource configuration method and device.
  • the spectrum used by wireless communication systems can be divided into two categories: licensed spectrum (licensed spectrum) and unlicensed spectrum (unlicensed spectrum).
  • licensed spectrum licensed spectrum
  • unlicensed spectrum unlicensed spectrum
  • a listen before talk (LBT) mechanism can be used to seize unlicensed spectrum.
  • the LBT mechanism requires that devices using the spectrum must first listen to the corresponding spectrum.
  • the base station will detect the received energy of the unlicensed spectrum to see if the spectrum is already occupied. If the spectrum is not busy or unoccupied, the base station can occupy the spectrum and start data transmission. On this spectrum, the base station can only occupy a certain amount of time, which can be referred to as the channel occupied time (COT) of the unlicensed spectrum.
  • COT channel occupied time
  • the time for sending downlink data in the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and the configured authorization (GF) parameter pre-configured by the base station to the terminal will appear.
  • the time for sending uplink data in the same is the same, so that there is a conflict in the transmission method at the same time point, resulting in the terminal being unable to send uplink data on the authorized spectrum. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the transmission period is 1 slot
  • a slot includes 14 symbols, which are transmitted on the sixth symbol of each slot
  • the access network device seizes the unlicensed spectrum at the time point corresponding to the sixth symbol and starts to send downlink data, such as: the first symbol in the COT uplink and downlink frame structure configuration (Corresponding to the sixth symbol of the authorized spectrum) is a downlink (D) symbol, which conflicts with the time that the access network device configures for the terminal to send uplink data, so that the terminal cannot send uplink data on the sixth symbol.
  • D downlink
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a resource configuration method and device to solve the situation that the terminal cannot access the terminal when the transmission timing configured by the access network device to the terminal is the same as the timing for sending downlink data in the COT preempted by the access network device The problem of sending upstream data at the sending timing configured by the network access device.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a resource configuration method.
  • the method includes: an access network device configures at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of a terminal, and after determining the configuration information of the COT and the uplink and downlink frame structures of the COT, according to The configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT and at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters configured by it are selected from the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters to meet the following conditions: the first configuration authorization parameter: the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter and During COT, the time unit used for sending downlink data is different, and the terminal sends instruction information for instructing the terminal to send uplink data in the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter, so that the terminal authorizes the first configuration according to the instruction information.
  • the uplink data is sent on the time unit indicated by the parameter.
  • the access network device selects one of the multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT and the multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters configured for the terminal A set of configuration authorization parameters, and the time unit indicated by the selected configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during COT, and the selected configuration authorization parameter is indicated to the terminal, so that the terminal selects the configuration authorization parameter indication
  • the uplink data is sent on the time unit to avoid conflict with the time point when the access network device sends the downlink data.
  • the indication information sent by the access network device to the terminal is the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the identifier of the selected configuration authorization parameter may be indicated to the terminal, so that the terminal directly determines which time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter to send the uplink data according to the received identifier, which is simple and easy to implement.
  • the indication information sent by the access network device to the terminal is a COT identifier, where the COT identifier is used to identify the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, and the upstream and downstream of the COT There is a correspondence between the frame structure configuration information and the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the identifier of the COT can be indicated to the terminal, so that according to the received identity and the configuration information and configuration authorization parameters of the upstream and downstream frame structure, The correspondence determines which time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter sends uplink data.
  • the method further includes: 1. Receive uplink data on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter. Based on this possible design, the access network device may be ready to receive the uplink data sent by the terminal at the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, thereby improving the accuracy of data reception.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device.
  • the communication apparatus can realize the functions performed by the access network device in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing unit and a sending unit.
  • the processing unit is configured to configure at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, and after determining the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, according to the determined upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, from The first configuration authorization parameter is selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters; wherein the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT;
  • a sending unit configured to send DCI including indication information to the terminal during the COT; wherein, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the access network device in the resource configuration method provided in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, the first aspect, or any one of the first aspects
  • a possible design method may be implemented correspondingly by the processing unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • a communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device.
  • the communication apparatus may implement the functions performed by the access network equipment in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication apparatus may include: a processor and a communication Interface
  • the processor may be used to support the communication device to realize the functions involved in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, for example: the processor is used to configure at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, and is determined After COT and COT uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information, according to the determined COT uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information and at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the first configuration authorization parameter is selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters;
  • the time unit indicated by a configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during COT; and the communication interface terminal is used to send instruction information for instructing the terminal to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to execute the resource configuration method described in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium having instructions stored therein, which when run on a computer, enables the computer to execute the first aspect or any one of the above aspects Design the resource allocation method described.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the resource configuration method described in the first aspect or any possible design of the above aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a resource configuration method.
  • the method includes: a terminal receiving an instruction sent by an access network device during a COT to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on a time unit indicated by a first configuration authorization parameter Indication information, the indication information is included in the DCI, the first configuration authorization parameter is a configuration authorization parameter selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device for the terminal, and the time unit and COT indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter The time unit used for sending downlink data during the period is different; the terminal sends uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the indication information.
  • the terminal may receive the dynamic indication of the access network device, and send the uplink data on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter indicated by the access network device, due to the configuration authorization parameter indicated by the access network device
  • the indicated time unit is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, so that the terminal avoids collision with the time point when the access network device sends downlink data when sending uplink data.
  • the indication information received by the terminal is the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the terminal can directly determine in which time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter to send the uplink data according to the received identifier, which is simple and easy.
  • the indication information received by the terminal is the identifier of the COT.
  • the identifier of the COT is used to identify the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT.
  • the terminal may receive the identifier of the COT when there is a correspondence between the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT and the configuration authorization parameters, and according to the received identifier and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure and the configuration authorization parameters Determine in which time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter the uplink data is sent.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal in the above aspects or each possible design, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive the indication information sent by the access network device during the COT to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the indication information is included in the DCI, the first configuration authorization parameter A configuration authorization parameter selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters configured for the access network device for the terminal, the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT;
  • the sending unit is configured to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the indication information.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the terminal in the resource configuration method provided in the sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect, or any possible design of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect
  • the method may be implemented correspondingly by the receiving unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect.
  • a communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device may implement the above-mentioned aspects or the functions performed by the terminal in each possible design, and the functions may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication device may include: a processor and a communication interface, processing
  • the device may be used to support the communication device to implement the functions mentioned in the sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect, for example: the processor is used to receive an instruction sent by the access network device during the COT through the communication interface.
  • the terminal sends the indication information of the uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the indication information is included in the DCI.
  • the first configuration authorization parameter is selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device for the terminal Configuration authorization parameter, the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used to send downlink data during COT; and according to the received indication information, the uplink data is sent on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to perform the resource allocation method described in the sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions which, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the sixth aspect or any of the possible aspects Design the resource allocation method described.
  • a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the resource allocation method described in the sixth aspect or any of the possible designs of the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides yet another resource configuration method.
  • the method includes: an access network device configuring a terminal, indicating a time unit for sending uplink data, configuring authorization parameters, and determining COT and COT
  • the indication information of the uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the first time unit; wherein, the first time unit is the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter, and the first configuration authorization parameter is the terminal configuration of the terminal configured by the access network device A set of configuration authorization parameters in the configuration authorization parameters; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit, and the indication information is included in the DCI.
  • the access network device may backward the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter configured by the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT Delay a few time units, and send uplink data on a time unit different from the time unit used to send downlink data during COT after the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter is configured, and indicate the location of the time unit to the terminal, so that The terminal does not send data on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, but sends the data on the time unit indicated by the access network device to avoid conflict with the time point when the access network device sends downlink data on the unauthorized channel.
  • the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols.
  • the configuration authorization parameter of the terminal configured by the access network device includes a
  • the instruction information sent by the access network device to the terminal includes K.
  • the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols.
  • the indication information includes K and the identifier of the first authorization parameter.
  • the method further includes: the access network device Uplink data is received on a second time unit after the first time unit. Based on this possible design, the access network device may be ready to receive the uplink data sent by the terminal in the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the selected configuration authorization parameter, thereby improving the accuracy of data reception.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which can be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device.
  • the communication apparatus can realize the functions performed by the access network device in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing unit and a sending unit.
  • the processing unit is used to configure the terminal and configure the authorization parameters for the time unit for sending uplink data, and determine the configuration information of the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT or, according to the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and the configured configuration
  • the authorization parameter determines that the terminal sends uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit; where the first time unit is the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter, and the first configuration authorization parameter is configured by the access network device A set of configuration authorization parameters in the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit, and the indication information is included in the DCI.
  • the sending unit is configured to send to the terminal instruction information for instructing the terminal to send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the access network device in the resource configuration method provided in any one of the eleventh aspect or any possible design of the eleventh aspect or the eleventh aspect or eleventh aspect Any possible design method may be implemented correspondingly by the processing unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the eleventh aspect or any one of the possible designs of the eleventh aspect.
  • a communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device.
  • the communication apparatus may implement the functions performed by the access network equipment in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication apparatus may include: a processor and a communication Interface
  • the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the eleventh aspect or any one of the possible designs of the eleventh aspect, for example: the processor is used to configure the terminal and is used to instruct to send uplink data Configure authorization parameters for the time unit, and determine the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT or, based on the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and the configured authorization parameters, determine the second time unit of the terminal after the first time unit Uplink data, and send instruction information for instructing the terminal to send uplink data in a second time unit after the first time unit through the communication interface.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to perform the resource configuration method described in the eleventh aspect or any one of the possible designs in the eleventh aspect .
  • a computer-readable storage medium in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the eleventh aspect or any of the above aspects It is possible to design the resource allocation method described.
  • a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the resource allocation method described in the eleventh aspect or any possible design of the above aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a resource configuration method, the method including: a terminal receiving a DCI including indication information sent by an access network device during a COT; wherein the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal is in the first time
  • the uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the unit; the second time unit corresponds to the time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit, that is, the second time unit and the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT Different; according to the instruction information, the terminal sends the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit.
  • the terminal may receive the dynamic indication of the access network device and send the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter indicated by the access network device, because The second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, so that the terminal avoids conflict with the time point when the access network device sends downlink data when sending uplink data .
  • the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and K is a positive integer; when the terminal of the access network device is configured When the configuration authorization parameter includes a set of configuration authorization parameters, the indication information includes K.
  • the terminal may receive the number of symbols between the first time unit and the second time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter indicated by the access network device, and according to the number of symbols, send the uplink on the second time unit after the first time unit Data is simple and easy.
  • the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and K is a positive integer; when the terminal of the access network device is configured
  • the configuration authorization parameter includes at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the indication information includes K and the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the terminal may receive the identification of the configuration authorization parameter indicated by the access network device and the number of symbols between the first time unit and the second time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, and according to the configuration authorization parameter identification and the number of symbols, in the configuration
  • the uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the authorization parameter.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which can be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal in the above aspects or each possible design, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.
  • the receiving unit is used to receive the DCI including the indication information sent by the access network device during the COT; wherein, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit; the second time unit corresponds to The time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or the flexibly configured time unit, that is, the second time unit is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT;
  • the sending unit is configured to send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit according to the instruction information.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect.
  • the resource configuration method provides the terminal behavior function, either the sixteenth aspect or any of the sixteenth aspects.
  • a possible design method may be implemented by the receiving unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, which will not be repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect.
  • a communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device may implement the above-mentioned aspects or the functions performed by the terminal in each possible design, and the functions may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication device may include: a processor and a communication interface, processing The device can be used to support the communication device to implement the functions mentioned in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect, for example: the processor receives the inclusion instruction sent by the access network device during the COT through the communication interface DCI of the information, and according to the indication information, send the uplink data through the communication interface on the second time unit after the first time unit; wherein, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to send the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit Data; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit, that is, the second time unit is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to perform the resource configuration method described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect .
  • a computer-readable storage medium in which instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, which when run on a computer, enables the computer to perform the sixteenth aspect or any of the above aspects It is possible to design the resource allocation method described.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the resource allocation method described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the above aspect.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a resource configuration method, the method includes: a terminal obtains a configuration authorization parameter configured by an access network device and configuration information of a COT uplink and downlink frame structure determined by the access network device, The terminal obtains the number M of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of the COT according to the configuration authorization parameter and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT. M, send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by M symbols, M is a positive integer .
  • the terminal may calculate the difference between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of the COT, after the first time unit, and The starting symbol of the first time unit is sent upstream of the time unit of the difference.
  • the method further includes: the terminal determining that the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to a time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT. In this way, the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the time unit used for sending the downlink data during the COT are the same, and then the time unit for sending the uplink data is delayed by M symbols.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal in the above aspects or each possible design, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing unit and a sending unit.
  • the processing unit is used to obtain the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT determined by the access network device, and obtain the configuration authorization parameter indication according to the configuration authorization parameter and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT
  • the sending unit sends uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the obtained M, and the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by M symbols , M is a positive integer.
  • the specific implementation manner of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the terminal in the resource configuration method provided in any possible design of the twenty-first aspect or the twenty-first aspect, the twenty-first aspect or the twenty-first aspect Any possible design method of the aspect may be implemented correspondingly by the processing unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the twenty-first aspect or any possible design of the twenty-first aspect.
  • a communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system on chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device may implement the above-mentioned aspects or the functions performed by the terminal in each possible design, and the functions may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication device may include: a processor and a communication interface, processing The device may be used to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the aforementioned twenty-first aspect or any possible design of the twenty-first aspect, for example: the processor obtains configuration authorization parameters and access of the configuration of the access network device The upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT determined by the network device, according to the configuration authorization parameter and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, obtain the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT The number of symbols between intervals M, and according to the obtained M, send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter through the communication interface. The start symbol of the second time unit and the first The starting symbols of a time unit are separated by M symbols, and M is a positive integer.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer execution instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to execute the resources described in the twenty-first aspect or any possible design of the twenty-first aspect Configuration method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium stores instructions which, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the twenty-first aspect or any of the above aspects.
  • a twenty-fifth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that when run on a computer, enables the computer to perform the resource configuration described in the twenty-first aspect or any possible design of the above aspect method.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a resource configuration method, the method includes: an access network device configures a configuration authorization parameter of a terminal, and determines the COT and uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information of the COT at the access network device Then, according to the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, the number of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT are obtained M , According to the obtained M, receive the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by M symbols, M It is a positive integer.
  • the access network device may calculate the difference between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of the COT. After that, uplink data is received on a time unit that is away from the start symbol of the first time unit by the difference.
  • the method further includes: the access network device determining that the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to a time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT. In this way, when the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is the same as the time unit used for sending the downlink data during the COT, the time unit for sending the uplink data can be delayed by M symbols back on the delayed time unit. Receive upstream data.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device.
  • the communication apparatus can realize the functions performed by the access network device in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing unit and a receiving unit.
  • the processing unit is used to configure the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal. After the access network device determines the configuration information of the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, the configuration authorization parameters are obtained according to the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT The number M of symbols spaced between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the indicated first time unit is located and the start symbol of the COT.
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the obtained M, and the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by M Symbols, M is a positive integer.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the access network device in the resource configuration method provided in the twenty-sixth aspect or any possible design of the twenty-sixth aspect, the twenty-sixth aspect or the Any possible design method in the twenty-sixth aspect may be implemented correspondingly by the processing unit and the receiving unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the twenty-sixth aspect or any possible design of the twenty-sixth aspect.
  • a communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device.
  • the communication apparatus may implement the functions performed by the access network equipment in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication apparatus may include: a processor and a communication Interface
  • the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the functions mentioned in the twenty-sixth aspect or any possible design of the twenty-sixth aspect, for example: the processor is used to configure the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, After the network access device determines the configuration information of the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, according to the terminal configuration authorization parameter and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, the start symbol and the transmission unit of the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter are obtained. The number M of symbols spaced between the start symbols of the COT. According to the obtained M, uplink data is received on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter. The start symbol of the second time unit is The starting symbols of the first time unit are separated by M symbols, and M is a positive integer.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to execute the resources as described in the twenty-sixth aspect or any possible design of the twenty-sixth aspect Configuration method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, enables the computer to perform the twenty-sixth aspect or any of the above aspects A possible method for designing the resource allocation.
  • a computer program product containing instructions which, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the resource allocation method described in the twenty-sixth aspect or any possible design of the above aspect .
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a resource configuration method.
  • the method includes: a terminal obtains a configuration authorization parameter configured by an access network device and configuration information of a COT uplink and downlink frame structure determined by the access network device; According to the configuration authorization parameters and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of COT, determine whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink data during the COT; if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink during the COT For the time unit of data, the terminal sends uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter; where the Nth time unit corresponds to the time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or the flexibly configured time
  • the unit is the same, or it can be described that the N-th time unit is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, and N is a positive integer.
  • the terminal may determine whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, and the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT
  • the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is the same as the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT.
  • the time used for sending downlink data during the COT The uplink data is sent on different time units of the unit.
  • the method further includes: if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter does not correspond to a time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, the terminal is on the first time unit Send upstream data. In this way, when the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, the uplink data may be sent on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
  • the present application provides a communication device.
  • the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system on chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal in the above aspects or each possible design, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing unit and a sending unit.
  • the processing unit is used to obtain the configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT determined by the access network device; determine the configuration authorization parameter indication according to the configuration authorization parameters and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT Whether the time unit of corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink data during COT;
  • the sending unit is used to send uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT;
  • Each time unit corresponds to the same time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or the flexibly configured time unit, or it can be described that the Nth time unit is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, and N is a positive integer.
  • the communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the thirty-first aspect or any possible design of the thirty-first aspect.
  • a communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system on chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device may implement the above-mentioned aspects or the functions performed by the terminal in each possible design, and the functions may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication device may include: a processor and a communication interface, processing The device may be used to support the communication device to realize the functions involved in the above thirty-first aspect or any possible design of the thirty-first aspect, for example: the processor obtains configuration authorization parameters and access of the configuration of the access network device The configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT determined by the network device; according to the configuration authorization parameters and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, determine whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used to send the downstream data during the COT; if configured The time unit indicated by the authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink data during the COT, and the terminal sends uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter is configured; where the Nth time unit corresponds to the COT period
  • the time unit for sending uplink data or the time unit for flexible configuration is the same.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to execute the resources described in the thirty-first aspect or any of the possible designs of the thirty-first aspect Configuration method.
  • a computer-readable storage medium in which instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, which when run on a computer, enables the computer to perform the thirty-first aspect or any of the above aspects A possible method for designing the resource allocation.
  • a thirty-fifth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that when run on a computer, enables the computer to perform the resource configuration described in the thirty-first aspect or any possible design of the above aspect method.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a resource configuration method.
  • the method includes: an access network device configures a terminal's configuration authorization parameter, and after determining the configuration information of the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, if configured
  • the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, and the access network device receives the uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter is configured; wherein, the Nth time unit Corresponding to the time unit for sending uplink data during the COT or the time unit for flexible configuration, N is a positive integer.
  • the access network device may use the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter to correspond to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, that is, the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the COT period may be used for sending
  • the time units of the downlink data are the same, the uplink data is received on a different time unit after the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter is configured than the time unit used to transmit the downlink data during the COT.
  • the method further includes: if the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter corresponds to a time unit for sending downlink data during the COT, the access network device The unit receives upstream data. In this way, when the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter does not correspond to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, the uplink data may be received on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
  • the present application provides a communication device, which may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device.
  • the communication apparatus can realize the functions performed by the access network device in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions.
  • the communication device may include a processing unit and a receiving unit.
  • the processing unit is used to configure the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal and determine the configuration information of the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT;
  • the receiving unit is configured to receive uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT;
  • One time unit corresponds to the same time unit used for sending uplink data during COT or the time unit flexibly configured, and N is a positive integer.
  • the specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the access network device in the resource configuration method provided in any possible design of 36th or 36th, 36th or 36th Any possible design method may be implemented correspondingly by the processing unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the thirty-sixth or any possible design of the thirty-sixth.
  • a communication device In a thirty-eighth aspect, a communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device.
  • the communication apparatus may implement the functions performed by the access network equipment in the above aspects or in various possible designs, and the functions may be implemented by hardware.
  • the communication apparatus may include: a processor and a communication Interface
  • the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in any of the thirty-sixth or thirty-sixth possible designs, for example: the processor is used to configure the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, determine the COT and After the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, if the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, then the upstream data is received on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter is configured ; Among them, the Nth time unit corresponds to the same time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or the flexibly configured time unit, and N is a positive integer.
  • the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device.
  • the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to perform the resource allocation method as described in any of the thirty-sixth or thirty-sixth possible designs .
  • a computer-readable storage medium in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute any of the foregoing thirty-sixth or any of the foregoing aspects A possible design of the resource allocation method.
  • a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the resource allocation method described in the thirty-sixth or any possible design of the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application further provides a resource configuration system, where the system may include the access network device according to any one of the second to fifth aspects and the seventh to tenth aspects
  • the terminal according to any aspect or, the access network device according to any one of the twelfth aspect to the fifteenth aspect and the terminal according to any one of the seventeenth aspect to the twentieth aspect; Or, including the terminal according to any one of the twenty-second to twenty-fifth aspects and the access network device according to any one of the twenty-seventh to thirtieth aspects; or, including the third The terminal according to any one of the twelfth aspect to the thirty-fifth aspect and the terminal according to any one of the thirty-seventh aspect to the fortieth aspect.
  • Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the existing GF parameters and the configuration of COT
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5a is a schematic diagram of a configuration of a COT provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • 5b is a schematic diagram of a GF parameter and COT configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • 5c is a schematic diagram of a configuration of GF parameters and COT provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a flowchart of yet another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 7a is a schematic diagram of yet another GF parameter and COT configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7b is a schematic diagram of yet another GF parameter and COT configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7c is a schematic diagram of yet another GF parameter and COT configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of yet another GF parameter and COT configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of yet another GF parameter and COT configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 120 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 130 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a resource configuration system 14 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the resource configuration method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2, which can be a cellular communication system, a long term evolution (LTE) system, or a fifth generation ( 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system or new radio (NG) system can also be other mobile communication systems without restriction.
  • the communication system may include an access network device and multiple terminals, and a communication link may be established between the terminal and the access network device.
  • the terminal Under the coverage of the access network device, the terminal can receive configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device and receive information that the access network device dynamically indicates to the terminal, etc., and send to the access network device according to the received information Upstream data.
  • uplink data may refer to: data sent by the terminal to the access network device
  • downlink data may refer to: data sent by the access network device to the terminal
  • FIG. 2 is only an exemplary frame diagram. The number of devices included in FIG. 2 is not limited, and in addition to the functional nodes shown in FIG. 2, the system described in FIG. 2 may include other nodes, such as core network devices and gateways. Devices, application servers, etc. are not restricted.
  • the terminal in FIG. 2 may be called terminal equipment (terminal equipment) or user equipment (user equipment (UE)) or mobile station (mobile station, MS) or mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc., which may be deployed on the water surface Onboard (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons, satellites, etc.).
  • the terminal in FIG. 2 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with wireless transceiver function.
  • the terminal may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, or a smart grid.
  • VR virtual reality
  • AR augmented reality
  • the device for realizing the function of the terminal may be a terminal, or may be a device that can support the terminal to realize the function, such as a chip system.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • the access network device in FIG. 2 may be referred to as a network device, and is mainly used to implement functions such as wireless physical control functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control, and mobility management.
  • the access network device may be an access network (AN)/radio access network (RAN) device, or may be a device composed of multiple 5G-AN/5G-RAN nodes , Can also be a base station (nodeB, NB), an evolutionary base station (evolution nodeB, eNB), a next-generation base station (generation nodeB, gNB), a transceiver point (transmission receiver point, TRP), a transmission point (transmission point, TP) And any of some other access nodes.
  • AN access network
  • RAN radio access network
  • the apparatus for implementing the function of the access network device may be an access network device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the access network device to realize the function, such as a chip system.
  • the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application is described by taking an example in which the apparatus for realizing the function of the access network device is an access network device.
  • the access network device can select the appropriate configuration from multiple configuration authorization parameters according to the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the preempted COT Authorization parameters, and indicate the selection result to the terminal, so that the terminal sends uplink data according to the configuration authorization parameters indicated by the access network device.
  • the access network device may adaptively adjust the time unit used for the terminal to send uplink data according to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT it preempts, and indicate the adjusted time unit to the terminal, so that the terminal The uplink data is sent on the time unit.
  • the terminal sends uplink data on a time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the configuration information of the uplink and downlink frame structure and the configuration authorization parameter of the COT determined by the access network device, or the terminal determines the configuration authorization parameter indication Whether the time unit corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink data during COT, if it does not correspond, the uplink data is sent on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, otherwise, it is some time after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter
  • the unit sends upstream data.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system on chip within the terminal; when the communication device When performing the function of the access network device in the method embodiment, the communication apparatus may be an access network device or a chip or a system on chip within the access network device.
  • the communication device 300 includes at least one processor 301, a communication line 302, and at least one transceiver 303; further, the communication device shown in FIG. 3 may further include a memory 304.
  • the processor 301, the memory 304 and the transceiver 303 can be connected via a communication line 302.
  • at least one may be one, two, three, or more, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
  • the processor 301 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), or a micro-processing Devices, microcontrollers, programmable logic devices (PLD) or any combination thereof.
  • the processor may also be any other device with a processing function, such as a circuit, a device, or a software module.
  • the communication line 302 may include a path for transmitting information between components included in the communication device.
  • the transceiver 303 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks (such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.).
  • the transceiver 303 may be a module, a circuit, a transceiver, or any device capable of implementing communication.
  • the memory 304 may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and/or instructions, or may be a random access memory (random access memory) , RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and/or instructions, and can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable-read-only memory, EEPROM), compact disc-only (compact disc read- only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store
  • the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and any other medium that can be accessed by the computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory 304 may exist independently of the processor 301, that is, the memory 304 may be a memory external to the processor 301, and at this time, the memory 304 may be connected to the processor 301 through a communication line 302 for storing instructions Or program code.
  • the processor 301 calls and executes the instructions or program codes stored in the memory 304, it can implement the resource configuration method provided in the following embodiments of the present application.
  • the memory 304 may also be integrated with the processor 301, that is, the memory 304 may be an internal memory of the processor 301, for example, the memory 304 is a cache, and may be used to temporarily store some data and/or Or instruction information.
  • the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3.
  • the communication device 300 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 301 and the processor 307 in FIG. 3.
  • the communication device 300 may further include an output device 305 and an input device 306.
  • the input device 306 may be a device such as a keyboard, mouse, microphone, or joystick
  • the output device 305 may be a device such as a display screen or a speaker.
  • the above-mentioned communication device 300 may be a general device or a dedicated device.
  • the communication device 300 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a web server, a PDA, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal, an embedded device, a chip system, or a device having a similar structure as shown in FIG. 3.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the communication device 300.
  • the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices.
  • each communication device mentioned in the following method embodiments may have the components shown in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here.
  • the names of messages exchanged between devices in the following embodiments of the present application or the names of parameters in the messages are only examples, and other names may be used in specific implementations, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 provides a resource configuration method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4, the method may include:
  • Step 401 The access network device configures at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal.
  • the access network device may be the access network device in the system shown in FIG. 2.
  • the terminal may be any terminal in the system shown in FIG. 2.
  • the configuration authorization parameter may be called a (configured grant, CG) parameter or a grant-free scheduling (grant free, GF) parameter, and the configuration authorization parameter may be used to indicate a time unit for sending uplink data.
  • the time unit for sending the uplink data indicated by the configuration authorization parameter may be one time unit, or two or two time units.
  • the time unit may be a symbol, slot, or subframe on the licensed spectrum, for example, the time unit may be one symbol or multiple symbols, etc.; or, the time unit may be a licensed spectrum
  • each configuration authorization parameter corresponds to an identifier (ID) of the configuration authorization parameter, and the ID of the configuration authorization parameter is used to identify the configuration authorization parameter.
  • ID of the configuration authorization parameter may be configured by the access network device, and the identification of the authorization parameter is different in different configurations.
  • the identification of the configuration authorization parameter can be the index number of the configuration authorization parameter, or any combination of letters, Chinese characters, numbers, special characters, etc. that the user can easily recognize, understand, remember, and other identifiers, without limitation .
  • the access network device configures four configuration authorization parameters of the terminal: GF parameter 1, GF parameter 2, GF parameter 3, and GF parameter 4, wherein the identifier of GF parameter 1 may be GF ID1, and the identifier of GF parameter 2 may be GF ID2, GF parameter 3 can be identified as GF ID3, GF parameter 4 can be identified as GF ID4, etc.
  • the configuration authorization parameter may include, but is not limited to, the offset between the start symbol of the time unit used for sending uplink data for the first time and the reference time point, the length of the time unit used for sending uplink data, and each used for The start symbol of the time unit for sending uplink data and one or more information in the transmission cycle may also include other information, such as redundancy version (redundancy version).
  • the transmission period may be a time interval between two adjacent time units for sending uplink data, and the reference time point may be a predetermined time point, for example, it may be subframe 0.
  • the configuration authorization parameter 1 includes: an offset of 4 slots, a transmission period of 1 slot, a starting symbol of the third symbol, and a length of the time unit for sending uplink data of 2 symbols, then the The configuration authorization parameter 1 can be used to instruct the terminal to start the fourth slot after subframe 0, and send uplink data on the third and fourth symbols in the fourth slot.
  • the access network device may configure at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal according to information such as the uplink and downlink traffic interacted between the terminal and the access network device, the channel condition between the terminal and the access network device, and The configured at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters are sent to the terminal, such as:
  • the terminal may send a radio resource control (RRC) establishment request to the access network device.
  • the access network device receives the RRC establishment request, and carries at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the RRC establishment request.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • an RRC message is sent to the terminal; where the RRC establishment request is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the access network device.
  • the access network device can configure the configuration authorization parameter to the terminal during the RRC establishment process.
  • the access network device may also configure authorization parameters for the terminal through a combination of RRC messages and downlink control information (DCI). For example, the access network device may first configure multiple sets of authorization parameters It is carried in the RRC message and sent to the terminal. Subsequently, the access network device sends an activation instruction to the terminal through DCI, indicating that at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters included in the configuration authorization parameter included in the RRC message are activated. After receiving the activation instruction, the terminal The instruction obtains at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters from the configuration authorization parameters included in the RRC message.
  • DCI downlink control information
  • the identifier of the configuration authorization parameter and the configuration authorization parameter can also be correspondingly configured to the terminal, for example, the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the identifier of the configuration authorization parameter It is carried in the RRC message and sent to the terminal.
  • Step 402 The access network device determines the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT.
  • the access network equipment can use the existing technology to determine the COT, for example: LBT technology can be used to determine the COT.
  • the configuration information of the uplink and downlink frame structure of the COT may be used to indicate a time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT, a time unit used for sending downlink data, and a flexibly configured time unit.
  • the definition of a flexibly configured time unit is as follows: If a certain time unit is used to send uplink data or used to send downlink data, the time unit can be called a flexibly configured time unit.
  • the COT period may include one or more transmission periods, and one transmission period may be 1 time slot or 1 subframe or 1 frame.
  • the uplink and downlink configurations in each transmission period in the COT may be the same or different.
  • one or several types of upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information may be predetermined in the communication protocol (such as the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) TS38.214).
  • the configuration information of the uplink and downlink frame structure corresponds to an identifier, and the identifiers corresponding to different uplink and downlink configuration information are different.
  • the access network device may select one kind of uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information from one or more types of pre-configured uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information according to the current uplink and downlink traffic volume, channel conditions and other information As the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, and the identifier of the selected upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information is used as the identifier of the COT.
  • upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information 1 DDDDDFUUUUUUUU
  • upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information 2 DDFUUUUUUUUUUU
  • the access network device can use the following in the first transmission cycle and the second transmission cycle of the COT Configuration: DDDDDFUUUUUUUUU; as shown in FIG. 5a, the following configuration can be adopted in the first transmission cycle of COT: DDDDDFUUUUUUUUU, and the following configuration in the second transmission cycle: DDFUUUUUUUUUU, without limitation.
  • the symbol “D” indicates a time unit for sending downlink data
  • the symbol “U” indicates a time unit for sending uplink data
  • the symbol “F” indicates a flexibly configured time unit .
  • Step 403 The access network device selects the first configuration authorization parameter from the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the COT uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information and at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal configured by the access network device.
  • the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT; or, it can be described that the time unit corresponding to the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter during the COT is used for sending the uplink Time unit of data or time unit of flexible configuration.
  • the access network device compares the transmission mode of the time unit indicated by each configuration authorization parameter with the time unit during the COT period, and determines the period indicated by the configuration authorization parameter The transmission mode of the time unit corresponding to the time unit. If the time unit during the COT is not used to send downlink data, the configuration authorization parameter is determined as the first configuration authorization parameter, otherwise, it is determined that the terminal cannot Uplink data is sent on the time unit.
  • the access network device is configured with three configuration authorization parameters for the terminal: GF parameter 1, GF parameter 2, and GF parameter 3, each GF parameter transmission period is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 Symbols: symbols 0 to 13, the COT occupied by the access network equipment includes multiple transmission cycles, each transmission cycle is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 symbols: symbol 0 to symbol 13.
  • the time unit for sending uplink data indicated by GF parameter 1 is: symbol 6
  • the time unit for sending uplink data indicated by GF parameter 2 is: symbol 9, for sending data indicated by GF parameter 3
  • the time unit of the upstream data is: symbol 12, where the symbol 6 indicated by the GF parameter 1 corresponds to the symbol 0 during the COT.
  • the symbol 0 during the COT is used to send the downstream data, then the time unit indicated by the GF parameter 1 Corresponding to the time unit for sending downlink data during COT, the transmission mode of the two conflicts, so that the terminal cannot send uplink data in the time unit indicated by GF parameter 1; similarly, symbol 6 indicated by GF parameter 1 corresponds to symbol 3 during COT, during COT The symbol 3 of is also used to send downlink data, and the terminal cannot send uplink data in the time unit indicated by GF parameter 2.
  • the symbol 12 indicated by the GF parameter 3 corresponds to the symbol 6 during the COT.
  • the symbol 6 during the COT is used to send the downlink data.
  • the time unit indicated by the GF parameter 3 corresponds to the time unit to send the uplink data during the COT.
  • the uplink data is sent in the time unit indicated by GF parameter 3.
  • the access network device may use GF parameter 3 as the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the first configuration authorization parameter selected by the access network device from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters may include one set of configuration authorization parameters, and may also include multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters.
  • the access network device may use the configuration authorization parameter with the smallest index number among the multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters as the final selected configuration authorization parameter, Or, use the configuration authorization parameter with the highest index number among the multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters as the final selected configuration authorization parameter, or use the configuration authorization parameters corresponding to the time unit that is the first to be used to send uplink data among the multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters As the final configuration authorization parameter.
  • the access network device selects two sets of configuration authorization parameters from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters: GF parameter 3 and GF parameter 4, the index number of GF parameter 3 is 3, the index number of GF parameter 4 is 4, and the GF parameter
  • the time unit indicated by 3 is symbol 3, and the time unit indicated by GF parameter 4 is symbol 6, then the access network device may use GF parameter 3 as the finally selected configuration authorization parameter, or use GF parameter 4 as the finally selected configuration
  • the authorization parameter, or the GF parameter 3 of the indicator 3 as the final selected configuration authorization parameter is not limited.
  • Step 404 The access network device sends DCI to the terminal during the COT; wherein, the DCI includes indication information used to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the access network device sending the DCI to the terminal during the COT may include: the access network device sending the DCI on the first time unit used to send the downlink data during the COT.
  • the indication information may be an identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the indication information may be the index number of the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the indication information may be a COT identifier.
  • the COT identifier may be used to identify the upstream and downstream structure configuration information of the COT. There is a correspondence between the upstream and downstream structure configuration information of the COT and the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the identifier of the COT can also be described as the identifier of the configuration information of the upstream and downstream structures. It can be understood that when the COT period includes multiple transmission cycles, and the configuration information of the uplink and downlink frame structures in different transmission cycles is different, therefore, for different transmission cycles, the identifier of the COT indicated by the access network device to the terminal is different, so that The terminal finds the configuration authorization parameter corresponding to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure identified by the COT identifier according to the received COT identifier, and sends the data in the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
  • Step 405 The terminal receives the DCI sent by the access network device during the COT, and sends uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • the terminal may obtain the first configuration authorization parameter identified by the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter , Sending uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the terminal may first determine the configuration information of the upstream and downstream structures of the COT identified by the COT identification according to the identification of the COT, and then determine the COT according to the correspondence between the upstream and downstream configuration information and the configuration authorization parameters
  • the first configuration authorization parameter corresponding to the configuration information of the uplink and downlink structures of the uplink data is sent in the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the correspondence between the configuration information of the upstream and downstream structures and the configuration authorization parameters can also be predetermined in the communication protocol.
  • the terminal may obtain the correspondence between the uplink and downlink structure configuration information and the configuration authorization parameter and the corresponding identifier of the uplink frame structure configuration information from the communication protocol, and according to the COT identifier indicated by the access network device And the obtained information determines the first configuration authorization parameter, and sends the uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • uplink and downlink structure configuration information 1 corresponds to GF parameter 1
  • uplink and downlink structure configuration information 2 corresponds to GF parameter 2.
  • the terminal receives
  • the received indication information includes the identifier of the uplink and downlink structure configuration information 1
  • the terminal may choose to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the GF parameter 1 according to the correspondence shown in FIG. 5c.
  • one type of uplink and downlink structure configuration information may correspond to multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters.
  • the terminal may select the configuration authorization parameter with the smallest index number from the multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters as the first configuration authorization parameter, or, from multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters Select the configuration authorization parameter with the largest index number as the first configuration authorization parameter, or select the configuration authorization parameter corresponding to the time unit that is used first to send uplink data from multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters as the first configuration authorization parameter. limit.
  • the method may further include: the access network device may receive the uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the access network device may select the first configuration authorization parameter from multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters.
  • the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT.
  • the network access device indicates the selected first configuration authorization parameter to the terminal, so that the terminal sends uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter, to avoid conflict with the time point at which the access network device sends downlink data.
  • the access network device may also determine the The uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the first time unit.
  • the second time unit is different from the time unit used to send the downlink data during the COT to avoid conflict with the time unit used to send the downlink data during the COT.
  • the implementation process is shown in FIG. 6.
  • FIG. 6 is another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the method may include:
  • Step 601 The access network device configures the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal.
  • the access network device may be the access network device in the system shown in FIG. 2.
  • the terminal may be any terminal in the system shown in FIG. 2.
  • the authorization parameter configured by the access network device to the terminal may include one set of configuration authorization parameters, or may include at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters.
  • the configuration authorization parameter and the process of configuring the terminal's configuration authorization parameter by the access network device reference may be made to step 401, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 602 The access network device determines the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT.
  • step 602 For the relevant description of the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and the execution process of step 602, reference may be made to step 402, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 603 The access network device determines that the terminal sends the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit according to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT and the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device for the terminal.
  • the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and K is a positive integer. That is, K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
  • the first time unit is a time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the first configuration authorization parameter is included in the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device to the terminal.
  • the first time unit is used for sending downlink data during the COT.
  • the time unit is the same.
  • the second time unit after the first time unit is different from the time unit during which the downlink data is sent during the COT.
  • the time unit corresponding to the second time unit after the first time unit during the COT is not used to send downlink data.
  • the time unit corresponding to the second time unit is: a time unit for sending uplink data or a flexibly configured time unit.
  • the access network device configures only one set of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal, the first configuration authorization parameter is the set of configuration authorization parameters; if in step 601, the access network device is configured for the terminal at least Two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the first configuration authorization parameter is any one of the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, such as: the configuration authorization parameter with the largest index number among the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, or It is the configuration authorization parameter with the smallest index number among the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, and may also be the configuration authorization parameter corresponding to the time unit that is the first to be used to send the uplink data among the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, without limitation.
  • the access network device is configured with a set of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal: GF parameter 1, the transmission period of GF parameter 1 is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 symbols: symbol 0 to symbol 13,
  • the COT occupied by the access network equipment includes multiple transmission cycles, each transmission cycle is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 symbols: symbol 0 to symbol 13.
  • the time unit for sending uplink data indicated by GF parameter 1 is: symbol 6, and symbol 6 indicated by GF parameter 1 corresponds to symbol 0 during COT, and symbol 0 during COT is used to transmit downlink data, The terminal cannot send uplink data in the time unit indicated by GF parameter 1.
  • the access network device determines the symbol that is not used for sending downlink data for the first time during COT: symbol 4 or symbol 5, and determines that the terminal corresponds to the symbol 4 or symbol 5
  • the uplink data is sent on the symbol, that is, the uplink data is sent on the third symbol (symbol 9) or the fourth symbol (symbol 10) after the symbol 6 indicated by the GF parameter, so as to avoid the time for sending the downlink data with the access network device conflict.
  • the access network device is configured with two sets of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal: GF parameter 1 and GF parameter 2, the transmission period of each set of GF parameters is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 symbols: symbols 0 ⁇ Symbol 13, the COT occupied by the access network equipment includes multiple transmission cycles, each transmission cycle is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 symbols: symbol 0 to symbol 13.
  • the access network device may select GF parameter 2 from GF parameter 1 and GF parameter 2, and delay the symbol 6 indicated by GF parameter 2 For 4 symbols, uplink data is sent on the 4th symbol after symbol 6.
  • Step 604 The access network device sends DCI to the terminal during the COT; wherein, the DCI includes indication information used to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit.
  • the indication information may include K.
  • the access network device configures the terminal with at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters in step 601
  • the first configuration authorization parameter may include K and the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • Step 605 The terminal receives the DCI sent by the access network device during the COT, and sends uplink data on a second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the indication information in the DCI.
  • the terminal may directly send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to K;
  • the terminal may first determine the first configuration authorization parameter from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter, and then, in the first configuration according to K The uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the authorization parameter.
  • the method may further include: the access network device receiving the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the indication information is not limited to be sent to the terminal through DCI, and a new signaling can be added, and the indication information is included in the newly added signaling and sent to the terminal without restriction. .
  • the access network device when the COT period includes multiple transmission periods and the configuration in each transmission period is the same, the access network device only needs to determine a K value, and the terminal The K value is to send the uplink data after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and at a time interval of K symbols from the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
  • the COT period includes multiple transmission cycles, and the configuration in each transmission cycle is different, different K values may exist for different transmission cycles.
  • the access network device may send K corresponding to different transmission cycles to Terminal, the terminal sends uplink data according to different K in different transmission cycles. For example, as shown in FIG.
  • the GF parameters configured by the access network device to the terminal are: GF parameter 1, the transmission period of GF parameter 1 is 1 slot, and one slot includes 14 symbols: symbol 0 to symbol 13, then
  • the COT occupied by the network access device includes two transmission cycles, each transmission cycle is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 symbols: symbol 0 to symbol 13.
  • the symbol used to send the upstream data can be delayed by 6 symbols. Within two time periods, the symbol used to send upstream data can be delayed by 3 symbols.
  • the access network device can indicate to the terminal that K is 6 in the first period of the COT, and in the second transmission period of the COT Instruct the terminal that K is 3, so that the terminal sends uplink data on symbol 12 in the first time slot (corresponding to symbol 6 in the first time slot in COT), and symbol 9 in the second time slot (corresponding to the Uplink data is sent on symbol 3) of a slot.
  • the access network device may determine a second time unit after the first time unit, which is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, and separate the second time unit from the first time unit.
  • the number of symbols is indicated to the terminal, so that the terminal sends uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit to avoid conflict with the time point at which the access network device sends downlink data.
  • the manner shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 6 above describes how the terminal sends uplink data when the access network device configures multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal. It should be noted that when the access network device configures multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal, in addition to sending the uplink data in the manner shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 6 above, the terminal may also send the uplink data in the following manner:
  • the terminal determines whether the time unit indicated by each set of authorization parameters corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink data during the COT, and finds out that the indicated time unit does not correspond to the COT period from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters Some configuration authorization parameters of time units used to send downlink data, and uplink data is sent on any time unit indicated by these configuration authorization parameters.
  • the access network device can also determine whether the time unit indicated by each set of configuration authorization parameters corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink data during the COT, and find out that the indicated time unit does not correspond to the COT from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters During this period, some configuration authorization parameters of the time unit used to send downlink data are received, and uplink data is received on the time unit indicated by these configuration authorization parameters.
  • the following first delay rule may also be pre-configured: uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, and the start symbol of the second time unit and the first The starting symbols of a time unit are separated by M symbols, where M can be the number of symbols between the starting symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the starting symbol of the COT, M It is a positive integer.
  • the terminal When the terminal sends uplink data, it can follow the first delay rule to obtain the number M of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of the COT, according to The obtained M sends the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter to avoid conflict with the time unit that sends the downlink data during the COT.
  • the access network device On the access network device side, the access network device may also follow the first delay rule and receive uplink data on a second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter. Specifically, the implementation process is shown in FIG. 8.
  • FIG. 8 is another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the method may include:
  • Step 801 The access network device configures the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal.
  • step 801 reference may be made to step 401, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 802 The access network device determines the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT.
  • step 402 For the relevant description of the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and the determination of the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT by the access network device, reference may be made to step 402, which is not repeated here.
  • Step 803 The terminal obtains the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT determined by the access network device.
  • the terminal obtains the configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device, which may include: the terminal sends an RRC establishment request to the access network device, the access network device receives the RRC establishment request, sends an RRC message to the terminal, the terminal receives the RRC message, and receives the RRC message from the RRC
  • the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device is obtained in the message; wherein, the RRC establishment request is used to request establishment of the RRC connection; the RRC message may include the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device to the terminal.
  • the terminal obtains the configuration authorization parameters of the access network device configuration by combining the RRC message and the DCI indication, for example, the terminal first receives the RRC message including multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters sent by the access network device, and subsequently, the terminal can also Receive an activation instruction sent by the access network device through DCI, and obtain two sets of configuration authorization parameters from the configuration authorization parameters included in the RRC message according to the activation instruction; where the activation instruction can be used to indicate which configuration authorization parameters are activated.
  • the terminal acquiring configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT determined by the access network device may include:
  • the access network device determines the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, and sends DCI to the terminal during the COT, where the DCI includes the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT.
  • Step 804 The terminal obtains the number M of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT according to the configuration authorization parameter and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT , Sending uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the obtained M.
  • the transmission unit in which the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located may be one or more time slots, one or more subframes, or one or more frames, which is not limited.
  • the time length of the time unit is less than or equal to the time length of the transmission unit.
  • the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by M symbols, where M is an integer.
  • the terminal obtains the number of symbols spaced between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT according to the configuration authorization parameter and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT M, can include:
  • the terminal determines the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the authorization configuration parameter is located and the start symbol of the transmission unit according to the configuration authorization parameter, and determines the start symbol of the COT according to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT ; Calculate the number of symbols M between the start symbol of the transmission unit and the start symbol of COT.
  • the first delay rule may be stored in advance on the access network device and the terminal; or, the first delay rule is set by the access network device and configured to the terminal in a static or semi-static manner, such as:
  • the time rule is carried in the RRC message and sent to the terminal.
  • M defined in the first delay rule is not limited to the number of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the time unit is located and the start symbol of the COT, M can also be There are other values, such as: M can be a fixed value.
  • the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device to the terminal is: GF parameter 1, the symbol for sending uplink data indicated by GF parameter 1 is symbol 6, and the start symbol of the time slot where symbol 6 is located 6 symbols apart from the start symbol of COT, the terminal can send uplink data on the sixth symbol after symbol 6.
  • Step 805 The access network device obtains the symbol of the interval between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT according to the configuration authorization parameter and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT.
  • the number M according to the obtained M, receives the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
  • the access network device obtains the number of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT are based on the configuration authorization parameter and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT
  • the process of counting M can refer to the description in step 804, and will not be repeated here.
  • the priority of the method for the terminal to send uplink data according to the first preset rule is lower than the priority for the terminal to send uplink data according to the DCI indication of the access network device in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4 or FIG. 6.
  • a preset rule and when the access network device indicates to the terminal through DCI that the time unit for sending uplink data coexists if the terminal determines the second time unit according to the first preset rule and the access network device via DCI When the time unit of the terminal is different, the terminal sends uplink data according to the DCI instruction.
  • the terminal may obtain the number M of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of the COT, and configure the authorization according to the obtained M
  • the uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the parameter, and at the same time, the access network device also obtains the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of COT
  • the number of symbols of the interval M according to M, to receive the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, to avoid the time point when the terminal sends the uplink data and the time when the access network device sends the downlink data Point conflict.
  • the terminal may also send uplink data according to the configuration authorization parameter configured for the access network device, for example, if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, it is not The uplink data is sent on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, but the uplink data is sent on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, where N is a positive integer, and the Nth time unit is used during COT The time unit for sending downlink data is different. Conversely, if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter does not correspond to the time unit for sending downlink data during the COT, the terminal sends uplink data on the time unit to avoid sending downlink data during the COT. Conflict of time units of data. Specifically, the implementation process is shown in FIG. 10.
  • FIG. 10 is another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10, the method may include:
  • Step 1001 The access network device configures the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal.
  • step 100 reference may be made to step 801, and details are not described again.
  • Step 1002 The access network device determines the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frames of the COT.
  • step 1002 reference may be made to step 802, and details are not described again.
  • Step 1003 The terminal obtains the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT determined by the access network device.
  • step 1003 reference may be made to step 803, which will not be repeated here.
  • Step 1004 The terminal determines whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT. If it corresponds, step 1005 to step 1006 are performed; otherwise, step 1007 to step 1008 are performed.
  • Step 1005 The terminal sends the uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter; where the Nth time unit corresponds to the same time unit used for sending the uplink data during the COT or the flexibly configured time unit.
  • Step 1006 The access network device receives the uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
  • the access network device may also determine whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, and determine the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter In the case of corresponding to the time unit for sending downlink data during the COT, step 1006 is executed, otherwise, step 1008 is executed.
  • Step 1007 The terminal sends uplink data on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
  • Step 1008 The access network device receives the uplink data on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
  • the Nth time unit may be a time unit that is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT after the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter is configured for the first time, and the Nth time unit The unit may correspond to a time unit for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit.
  • the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device to the terminal is: GF parameter 1, and the symbol for sending uplink data indicated by GF parameter 1 is symbol 6, and symbol 6 corresponds to transmitting downlink during the COT
  • the terminal sends the uplink data after the symbol 6, corresponding to the first flexibly configured symbol (such as symbol 9 in FIG. 11) during the COT, or after the symbol 6, the most The uplink data is sent on the symbol corresponding to the symbol for sending uplink data that appears first (such as symbol 10 in FIG. 11).
  • the terminal can determine whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT. If it corresponds, the uplink data is not sent on the time unit, but after the time unit, and During the COT, the time unit for sending uplink data or the Nth time unit with the same flexibly configured time unit sends uplink data; otherwise, the terminal sends uplink data on the time unit, so that the time for the terminal to send uplink data can be avoided
  • the point conflicts with the point in time when the access network device sends downlink data.
  • each node such as an access network device and a terminal, includes a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function.
  • each node such as an access network device and a terminal
  • the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application of the technical solution and design constraints. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
  • each function module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module .
  • the above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 120 according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device involved in this embodiment may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device.
  • the communication device may be used to perform the functions of the access network device in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device may include: a processing unit 1201 and a sending unit 1202; and may further include: a receiving unit 1203.
  • the processing unit 1201 is configured to configure at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, and after determining the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, according to the determined upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and at least Two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the first configuration authorization parameter is selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters; wherein, the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT.
  • the processing unit 1201 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform step 401, step 402, and step 403.
  • the sending unit 1202 is configured to send DCI including indication information to the terminal during the COT; wherein, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  • the sending unit 1202 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform step 404.
  • the processing unit 1201 is configured to configure a terminal and configure a time unit for sending uplink data to configure authorization parameters, and determine configuration information of the COT and the uplink and downlink frame structure of the COT or, according to the uplink and downlink of the COT
  • the frame structure configuration information and the configured configuration authorization parameters determine that the terminal sends uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit; where the first time unit is the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter, and the first configuration authorization
  • the parameter is a set of configuration authorization parameters among the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal configured by the access network device; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit, and the indication information is included in the DCI.
  • the processing unit 1201 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform step 601, step 602, and step 603.
  • the sending unit 1202 is configured to send to the terminal instruction information for instructing the terminal to send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit.
  • the sending unit 1202 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform step 604.
  • the processing unit 1201 is configured to configure the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, and after the access network device determines the configuration information of the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, according to the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal and the upstream and downstream frames of the COT Structure configuration information to obtain the number M of symbols spaced between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT.
  • the processing unit 1201 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform steps 801 and 802.
  • the receiving unit 1203 is configured to receive uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the obtained M, and the start symbol of the second time unit is spaced from the start symbol of the first time unit M symbols, M is a positive integer.
  • the receiving unit 1203 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform step 805.
  • the processing unit 1201 is configured to configure the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal and determine the configuration information of the COT and the uplink and downlink frame structure of the COT; for example, the processing unit 1201 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform steps 1001 and 1002 .
  • the receiving unit 1203 is configured to receive uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT;
  • the N time units correspond to the same time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or the time unit flexibly configured, and N is a positive integer.
  • the processing unit 1201 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform steps 801 and 802.
  • the receiving unit 1203 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform step 1006.
  • the communication device 120 provided by the embodiment of the present application can perform the actions of the access network device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4 or FIG. 6 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 10, and the implementation principles and technical effects are similar, which will not be repeated here. .
  • the communication device 120 shown in FIG. 12 may include: a processing module and a communication module.
  • the processing module may integrate the functions of the processing unit 1201, and the communication module may integrate the functions of the sending unit 1202 and the receiving unit 1203.
  • the processing module 1201 is used to control and manage the operation of the communication device 120, and the communication module is used to support communication between the communication device 120 and other network entities.
  • the communication device 120 shown in FIG. 12 may further include a storage module for storing program codes and data of the communication device 120.
  • the processing module may be a processor or a controller. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the present application.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of DSP and microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication module may be a transceiver circuit or a communication interface.
  • the storage module may be a memory. When the processing module is a processor, the communication module is a communication interface, and the storage module is a memory, the communication device 120 shown in FIG. 12 may be the communication device shown in FIG. 3.
  • the communication device involved in this embodiment may be a terminal or a chip or system on chip in the terminal.
  • the communication device may be used to perform the functions of the terminal in the above method embodiments.
  • the communication device may include: a processing unit 1301, a sending unit 1302, and a receiving unit 1303.
  • the receiving unit 1303 is configured to receive indication information sent by the access network device during the COT to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter, and the indication information is included in the DCI
  • the first configuration authorization parameter is a configuration authorization parameter selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device for the terminal, the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter and the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT different.
  • the receiving unit 1303 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 405.
  • the sending unit 1302 is configured to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the indication information.
  • the sending unit 1302 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 405.
  • the receiving unit 1303 is configured to receive DCI including indication information sent by the access network device during the COT; wherein, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to send on a second time unit after the first time unit Uplink data; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit, that is, the second time unit is different from the time unit for sending downlink data during the COT.
  • the receiving unit 1303 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 605.
  • the sending unit 1302 is configured to send uplink data on a second time unit after the first time unit according to the instruction information.
  • the sending unit 1302 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 605.
  • the processing unit 1301 is configured to obtain configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device and configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structures of the COT determined by the access network device, according to the configuration authorization parameters and upstream and downstream frame structures of the COT Configuration information to obtain the number M of symbols spaced between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT.
  • the processing unit 1301 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 803 and 804.
  • the sending unit 1302 sends uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the obtained M, and the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by M Sign, M is a positive integer.
  • the receiving unit 1303 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 804.
  • the processing unit 1301 is configured to acquire configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device and configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structures of the COT determined by the access network device; according to the configuration authorization parameters and upstream and downstream frame structures of the COT Configuration information to determine whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT.
  • the processing unit 1301 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 1003 and step 1004.
  • the sending unit 1302 is configured to send uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT; N time units correspond to the same time unit used for sending uplink data during COT or the time unit flexibly configured, or can be described as the Nth time unit is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during COT, N is a positive integer .
  • the sending unit 1302 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 1005.
  • the communication device 130 provided by the embodiment of the present application can perform the actions of the terminal in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4 or FIG. 6 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 10, and the implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and are not described herein again.
  • the communication device 130 shown in FIG. 13 may include: a processing module and a communication module.
  • the processing module may integrate the functions of the processing unit 1301, and the communication module may integrate the functions of the sending unit 1302 and the receiving unit 1303.
  • the processing module 1301 is used to control and manage the operation of the communication device 130, and the communication module is used to support communication between the communication device 130 and other network entities.
  • the communication device 130 shown in FIG. 13 may further include a storage module for storing program codes and data of the communication device 130.
  • the processing module may be a processor or a controller. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the present application.
  • the processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of DSP and microprocessor, and so on.
  • the communication module may be a transceiver circuit or a communication interface.
  • the storage module may be a memory. When the processing module is a processor, the communication module is a communication interface, and the storage module is a memory, the communication device 130 shown in FIG. 13 may be the communication device shown in FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource configuration system 14 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14, the system may include an access network device 140 and multiple terminals 141.
  • the access network device 140 has the same function as the communication device 120 shown in FIG. 12, and the terminal 141 has the same function as the communication device 130 shown in FIG. 13, and details are not described here.
  • the resource configuration system 14 may execute the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 4 or FIG. 6 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 10, and the implementation principles and technical effects are similar and will not be repeated.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wire (e.g.
  • the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device that includes one or more available medium integrated servers, data centers, and the like.
  • the available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (SSD)), or the like.
  • the term “plurality” herein refers to two or more.
  • the term “and/or” in this article is just an association relationship that describes an associated object, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three cases.
  • the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related object is a "or” relationship; in the formula, the character "/" indicates that the related object is a "divide” relationship.

Abstract

Disclosed by embodiments of the present application are a resource configuration method and apparatus, which solve the problem wherein a terminal cannot transmit uplink data at the transmission timing configured by an access network when the transmission timing configured by an access network device for the terminal is the same as the timing used for transmitting downlink data in a COT preempted by the access network device. The method comprises: an access network device configuring at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of a terminal, and determining a COT and structural configuration information of uplink and downlink frames of the COT; selecting a first configuration authorization parameter from the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the structural configuration information of uplink and downlink frames of the COT and the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters; and transmitting DCI comprising indication information to the terminal during a COT period, and instructing the terminal to transmit uplink data on a first time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter. The terminal transmits uplink data on the first time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the indication information.

Description

一种资源配置方法及装置Resource configuration method and device
本申请要求于2019年01月10日提交国家知识产权局、申请号为201910024797.1、申请名称为“一种资源配置方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application requires the priority of the Chinese patent application submitted to the State Intellectual Property Office on January 10, 2019, with the application number 201910024797.1, and the application name is "a resource allocation method and device", the entire content of which is incorporated by reference in this application in.
技术领域Technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种资源配置方法及装置。The embodiments of the present application relate to the field of communication technologies, and in particular, to a resource configuration method and device.
背景技术Background technique
目前,无线通信系统使用的频谱可以分为两大类:授权频谱(licensed spectrum)和非授权频谱(unlicensed spectrum)。随着通信技术的发展,通信网络中传输的信息量日益增加,抢占非授权频谱(unlicensed spectrum)传输信息,可以提高通信网络中的数据吞吐量,更好地满足用户的需求。At present, the spectrum used by wireless communication systems can be divided into two categories: licensed spectrum (licensed spectrum) and unlicensed spectrum (unlicensed spectrum). With the development of communication technology, the amount of information transmitted in communication networks is increasing. Seizing unlicensed spectrum transmission information can improve data throughput in communication networks and better meet user needs.
为了更好地使用非授权频谱,各国家或者区域均颁布了相应的法规,以保证该频谱使用的公平性和规范性。例如,可以采用先听后说(listen before talk,LBT)机制抢占非授权频谱。其中,LBT机制要求使用该频谱的设备必须先对相应频谱进行侦听,以基站抢占非授权频谱为例,基站会对非授权频谱进行接收能量检测,看此频谱是否已被占用。如果此频谱不繁忙即未被占用,该基站可以占用此频谱并开始进行数据传输。在此频谱上基站只能占用一定的时间,该时间可以称为非授权频谱的占用时间(channel occupy time,COT)。In order to make better use of unlicensed spectrum, various countries or regions have issued corresponding regulations to ensure the fairness and standardization of the use of the spectrum. For example, a listen before talk (LBT) mechanism can be used to seize unlicensed spectrum. Among them, the LBT mechanism requires that devices using the spectrum must first listen to the corresponding spectrum. Taking the base station as an example to seize the unlicensed spectrum, the base station will detect the received energy of the unlicensed spectrum to see if the spectrum is already occupied. If the spectrum is not busy or unoccupied, the base station can occupy the spectrum and start data transmission. On this spectrum, the base station can only occupy a certain amount of time, which can be referred to as the channel occupied time (COT) of the unlicensed spectrum.
由于接入网设备占用的非授权频谱的时间是随机的,会出现COT的上下行帧结构配置信息中用于发送下行数据的时间与基站预先配置给终端的配置授权(configured grant,GF)参数中用于发送上行数据的时间相同,使得同一时间点上的传输方式存在冲突的情况,导致终端不能在授权频谱上发送上行数据。例如,如图1所示,接入网设备给终端配置的GF参数中,发送周期为1个时隙(slot),1个slot包括14个符号,在每个slot的第6个符号上发送上行数据,COT的上下行帧结构配置,接入网设备在对应第6个符号的时间点抢占到非授权频谱并开始发送下行数据,如:COT的上下行帧结构配置中的第1个符号(对应授权频谱的第6个符号)为下行(D)符号,与接入网设备配置给终端的用于发送上行数据的时间是冲突的,使得终端无法在第6个符号上发送上行数据。Since the time of the unlicensed spectrum occupied by the access network equipment is random, the time for sending downlink data in the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and the configured authorization (GF) parameter pre-configured by the base station to the terminal will appear. The time for sending uplink data in the same is the same, so that there is a conflict in the transmission method at the same time point, resulting in the terminal being unable to send uplink data on the authorized spectrum. For example, as shown in FIG. 1, in the GF parameter configured by the access network device for the terminal, the transmission period is 1 slot, and a slot includes 14 symbols, which are transmitted on the sixth symbol of each slot Uplink data, COT uplink and downlink frame structure configuration, the access network device seizes the unlicensed spectrum at the time point corresponding to the sixth symbol and starts to send downlink data, such as: the first symbol in the COT uplink and downlink frame structure configuration (Corresponding to the sixth symbol of the authorized spectrum) is a downlink (D) symbol, which conflicts with the time that the access network device configures for the terminal to send uplink data, so that the terminal cannot send uplink data on the sixth symbol.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种资源配置方法及装置,以解决接入网设备配置给终端的发送时机与接入网设备抢占的COT中用于发送下行数据的时机相同的情况下,终端无法在接入网设备配置的发送时机上发送上行数据的问题。Embodiments of the present application provide a resource configuration method and device to solve the situation that the terminal cannot access the terminal when the transmission timing configured by the access network device to the terminal is the same as the timing for sending downlink data in the COT preempted by the access network device The problem of sending upstream data at the sending timing configured by the network access device.
为达到上述目的,本申请实施例采用如下技术方案:To achieve the above purpose, the embodiments of the present application adopt the following technical solutions:
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源配置方法,所述方法包括:接入网设备配置终端的至少两套配置授权参数,并在确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息之后,根据COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及其配置的至少两套配置授权参数,从至少两套配置授权参数中选择出符合下述条件的第一配置授权参数:第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同,并向终端发送用于指示终端在第一配置 授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据的指示信息,以便终端根据该指示信息,在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。In a first aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a resource configuration method. The method includes: an access network device configures at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of a terminal, and after determining the configuration information of the COT and the uplink and downlink frame structures of the COT, according to The configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT and at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters configured by it are selected from the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters to meet the following conditions: the first configuration authorization parameter: the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter and During COT, the time unit used for sending downlink data is different, and the terminal sends instruction information for instructing the terminal to send uplink data in the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter, so that the terminal authorizes the first configuration according to the instruction information. The uplink data is sent on the time unit indicated by the parameter.
基于第一方面所述的方法,接入网设备在占用非授权信道之后,根据COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及为终端配置的多套配置授权参数,从多套配置授权参数中选择出一套配置授权参数,且选择出的配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同,并将选择出的配置授权参数指示给终端,以便终端在选择出配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据,以避免与接入网设备发送下行数据的时间点冲突。Based on the method described in the first aspect, after occupying the unlicensed channel, the access network device selects one of the multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT and the multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters configured for the terminal A set of configuration authorization parameters, and the time unit indicated by the selected configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during COT, and the selected configuration authorization parameter is indicated to the terminal, so that the terminal selects the configuration authorization parameter indication The uplink data is sent on the time unit to avoid conflict with the time point when the access network device sends the downlink data.
在一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面,接入网设备发送给终端的指示信息为第一配置授权参数的标识。如此,可以将选择出的配置授权参数的标识指示给终端,以便终端根据接收到的标识直接确定在哪个配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据,简单易行。In a possible design, with reference to the first aspect, the indication information sent by the access network device to the terminal is the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter. In this way, the identifier of the selected configuration authorization parameter may be indicated to the terminal, so that the terminal directly determines which time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter to send the uplink data according to the received identifier, which is simple and easy to implement.
在又一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面,接入网设备发送给终端的指示信息为COT的标识,其中,COT的标识用于标识COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,COT的上下行帧结构配置信息与第一配置授权参数间存在对应关系。如此,在COT的上下行帧结构配置信息与配置授权参数间存在对应关系的情况下,可以将COT的标识指示给终端,以便根据接收到的标识以及上下行帧结构配置信息与配置授权参数将对应关系确定在哪个配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。In yet another possible design, with reference to the first aspect, the indication information sent by the access network device to the terminal is a COT identifier, where the COT identifier is used to identify the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, and the upstream and downstream of the COT There is a correspondence between the frame structure configuration information and the first configuration authorization parameter. In this way, when there is a correspondence between the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT and the configuration authorization parameters, the identifier of the COT can be indicated to the terminal, so that according to the received identity and the configuration information and configuration authorization parameters of the upstream and downstream frame structure, The correspondence determines which time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter sends uplink data.
在又一种可能的设计中,结合第一方面或第一方面的任一可能的设计,在接入网设备在COT期间向终端发送DCI之后,所述方法还包括:接入网设备在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上接收上行数据。基于该可能的设计,接入网设备可以在配置授权参数指示的时间单元做好接收终端发送的上行数据的准备,提高数据接收的准确性。In yet another possible design, in combination with the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, after the access network device sends DCI to the terminal during the COT, the method further includes: 1. Receive uplink data on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter. Based on this possible design, the access network device may be ready to receive the uplink data sent by the terminal at the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, thereby improving the accuracy of data reception.
第二方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中接入网设备所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如:该通信装置可以包括:处理单元以及发送单元。In a second aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device. The communication apparatus can realize the functions performed by the access network device in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, the communication device may include a processing unit and a sending unit.
处理单元,用于配置终端的至少两套配置授权参数,并在确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息之后,根据确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及至少两套配置授权参数,从至少两套配置授权参数中选择出第一配置授权参数;其中,第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同;The processing unit is configured to configure at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, and after determining the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, according to the determined upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, from The first configuration authorization parameter is selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters; wherein the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT;
发送单元,用于在COT期间向终端发送包括指示信息的DCI;其中,指示信息用于指示终端在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。A sending unit, configured to send DCI including indication information to the terminal during the COT; wherein, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可以参考第一方面或第一方面的任一种可能的设计提供的资源配置方法中接入网设备的行为功能,第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计方法可以由该通信装置包括的处理单元以及发送单元对应实现,在此不再重复赘述。因此,该提供的通信装置可以达到与第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计相同的有益效果。The specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the access network device in the resource configuration method provided in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, the first aspect, or any one of the first aspects A possible design method may be implemented correspondingly by the processing unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
第三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中接入网设备所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,如:一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理器和通信接口,处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一 种可能的设计中所涉及的功能,例如:处理器用于配置终端的至少两套配置授权参数,并在确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息之后,根据确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及至少两套配置授权参数,从至少两套配置授权参数中选择出第一配置授权参数;其中,第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同;并通过通信接口终端发送用于指示终端在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据的指示信息。In a third aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device. The communication apparatus may implement the functions performed by the access network equipment in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions may be implemented by hardware. For example, in a possible design, the communication apparatus may include: a processor and a communication Interface, the processor may be used to support the communication device to realize the functions involved in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, for example: the processor is used to configure at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, and is determined After COT and COT uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information, according to the determined COT uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information and at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the first configuration authorization parameter is selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters; The time unit indicated by a configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during COT; and the communication interface terminal is used to send instruction information for instructing the terminal to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存通信装置必要的计算机执行指令和数据。当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In yet another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device. When the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to execute the resource configuration method described in the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect.
第四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。According to a fourth aspect, there is provided a computer-readable storage medium having instructions stored therein, which when run on a computer, enables the computer to execute the first aspect or any one of the above aspects Design the resource allocation method described.
第五方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第一方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。According to a fifth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions which, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the resource configuration method described in the first aspect or any possible design of the above aspect.
其中,第三方面至第五方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第一方面或者第一方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,不再赘述。For the technical effects brought by any one of the design methods in the third aspect to the fifth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effects brought about by the first aspect or any possible design of the first aspect, and details are not described herein again.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源配置方法,所述方法包括:终端接收接入网设备在COT期间发送的用于指示终端在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据的指示信息,该指示信息包括在DCI中,第一配置授权参数为接入网设备为终端配置的至少两套配置授权参数中选择出的配置授权参数,第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同;终端根据指示信息,在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。According to a sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a resource configuration method. The method includes: a terminal receiving an instruction sent by an access network device during a COT to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on a time unit indicated by a first configuration authorization parameter Indication information, the indication information is included in the DCI, the first configuration authorization parameter is a configuration authorization parameter selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device for the terminal, and the time unit and COT indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter The time unit used for sending downlink data during the period is different; the terminal sends uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the indication information.
基于第六方面所述的方法,终端可以接收接入网设备的动态指示,在接入网设备指示的配置授权参数所指示的时间单元上发送上行数据,因接入网设备指示的配置授权参数所指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同,使终端发送上行数据时避开与接入网设备发送下行数据的时间点的冲突。Based on the method described in the sixth aspect, the terminal may receive the dynamic indication of the access network device, and send the uplink data on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter indicated by the access network device, due to the configuration authorization parameter indicated by the access network device The indicated time unit is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, so that the terminal avoids collision with the time point when the access network device sends downlink data when sending uplink data.
在一种可能的设计中,结合第六方面,终端接收到的指示信息为第一配置授权参数的标识。如此,终端可以根据接收到的标识直接确定在哪个配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据,简单易行。In a possible design, with reference to the sixth aspect, the indication information received by the terminal is the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter. In this way, the terminal can directly determine in which time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter to send the uplink data according to the received identifier, which is simple and easy.
在又一种可能的设计中,结合第六方面,终端接收到的指示信息为COT的标识,COT的标识用于标识COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,COT的上下行帧结构配置信息与第一配置授权参数间存在对应关系。如此,终端可以在COT的上下行帧结构配置信息与配置授权参数间存在对应关系的情况下,接收到COT的标识,根据接收到的标识以及上下行帧结构配置信息与配置授权参数将对应关系确定在哪个配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。In yet another possible design, with reference to the sixth aspect, the indication information received by the terminal is the identifier of the COT. The identifier of the COT is used to identify the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT. There is a correspondence between configuration authorization parameters. In this way, the terminal may receive the identifier of the COT when there is a correspondence between the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT and the configuration authorization parameters, and according to the received identifier and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure and the configuration authorization parameters Determine in which time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter the uplink data is sent.
第七方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的 模块。如:该通信装置可以包括:接收单元以及发送单元。In a seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal. The communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal in the above aspects or each possible design, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, the communication device may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.
接收单元,用于接收接入网设备在COT期间发送的用于指示终端在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据的指示信息,该指示信息包括在DCI中,第一配置授权参数为接入网设备为终端配置的至少两套配置授权参数中选择出的配置授权参数,第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同;The receiving unit is configured to receive the indication information sent by the access network device during the COT to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter. The indication information is included in the DCI, the first configuration authorization parameter A configuration authorization parameter selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters configured for the access network device for the terminal, the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT;
发送单元,用于根据指示信息,在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。The sending unit is configured to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the indication information.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可以参考第六方面或第六方面的任一种可能的设计提供的资源配置方法中终端的行为功能,第六方面或者第六方面的任一种可能的设计方法可以由该通信装置包括的接收单元以及发送单元对应实现,在此不再重复赘述。因此,该提供的通信装置可以达到与第六方面或者第六方面的任一种可能的设计相同的有益效果。The specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the terminal in the resource configuration method provided in the sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect, or any possible design of the sixth aspect or the sixth aspect The method may be implemented correspondingly by the receiving unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect.
第八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,如:一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理器和通信接口,处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第六方面或者第六方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能,例如:处理器用于通过通信接口接收接入网设备在COT期间发送的用于指示终端在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据的指示信息,该指示信息包括在DCI中,第一配置授权参数为接入网设备为终端配置的至少两套配置授权参数中选择出的配置授权参数,第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同;并根据接收到的指示信息,在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。In an eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal. The communication device may implement the above-mentioned aspects or the functions performed by the terminal in each possible design, and the functions may be implemented by hardware. For example, in a possible design, the communication device may include: a processor and a communication interface, processing The device may be used to support the communication device to implement the functions mentioned in the sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect, for example: the processor is used to receive an instruction sent by the access network device during the COT through the communication interface. The terminal sends the indication information of the uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter. The indication information is included in the DCI. The first configuration authorization parameter is selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device for the terminal Configuration authorization parameter, the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used to send downlink data during COT; and according to the received indication information, the uplink data is sent on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存通信装置必要的计算机执行指令和数据。当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述第六方面或者第六方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In yet another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device. When the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to perform the resource allocation method described in the sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect.
第九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第六方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In a ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, and the computer-readable storage medium stores instructions which, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the sixth aspect or any of the possible aspects Design the resource allocation method described.
第十方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第六方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。According to a tenth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the resource allocation method described in the sixth aspect or any of the possible designs of the above aspects.
其中,第八方面至第十方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第六方面或者第六方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,不再赘述。For the technical effects brought by any one of the design methods in the eighth aspect to the tenth aspect, reference may be made to the technical effects brought by the above sixth aspect or any possible design of the sixth aspect, which will not be repeated.
第十一方面,本申请实施例提供又一种资源配置方法,所述方法包括:接入网设备配置终端的、用于指示发送上行数据的时间单元配置授权参数,并在确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息或,根据COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及配置的配置授权参数,确定终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,并向终端发送用于指示终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据的指示信息;其中,第一时间单元为第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元,第一配置授权参数为接入网设备配置的终端的配置授权参数中的一套配置授权参数;第二时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元,指示信息包括在DCI中。According to an eleventh aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides yet another resource configuration method. The method includes: an access network device configuring a terminal, indicating a time unit for sending uplink data, configuring authorization parameters, and determining COT and COT The configuration information of the uplink and downlink frame structure or, according to the COT uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information and the configured configuration authorization parameter, determine that the terminal sends uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit, and send to the terminal to instruct the terminal The indication information of the uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the first time unit; wherein, the first time unit is the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter, and the first configuration authorization parameter is the terminal configuration of the terminal configured by the access network device A set of configuration authorization parameters in the configuration authorization parameters; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit, and the indication information is included in the DCI.
基于第十一方面所述的方法,接入网设备在确定COT的上下行帧结构配置信息后,可以根据COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,将其配置的配置授权参数指示的时间单元向后延时几个时间单元,在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的、与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同的时间单元上发送上行数据,并将该时间单元的位置指示给终端,以便终端不在配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送数据,而是在接入网设备指示的时间单元上发送数据,以避免与接入网设备在非授权信道发送下行数据的时间点冲突。Based on the method described in the eleventh aspect, after determining the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, the access network device may backward the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter configured by the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT Delay a few time units, and send uplink data on a time unit different from the time unit used to send downlink data during COT after the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter is configured, and indicate the location of the time unit to the terminal, so that The terminal does not send data on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, but sends the data on the time unit indicated by the access network device to avoid conflict with the time point when the access network device sends downlink data on the unauthorized channel.
在一种可能的设计中,结合第十一方面,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,当接入网设备配置的终端的配置授权参数包括一套配置授权参数时,接入网设备发送给终端的指示信息包括K。如此,当接入网设备仅配置给终端一套配置授权参数时,可以将该配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元与第二时间单元间隔的符号数指示给终端,以便终端根据该符号数,在第一时间单元的之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,简单易行。In a possible design, with reference to the eleventh aspect, the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols. When the configuration authorization parameter of the terminal configured by the access network device includes a When configuring authorization parameters, the instruction information sent by the access network device to the terminal includes K. In this way, when the access network device is configured with only one set of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal, the number of symbols between the first time unit and the second time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameters may be indicated to the terminal, so that the terminal can determine the number of symbols according to the number of symbols, It is easy to send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit.
在一种可能的设计中,结合第十一方面,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,当接入网设备配置的终端的配置授权参数包括至少两套配置授权参数时,指示信息包括K以及第一配置授权参数的标识。如此,可以在接入网设备为终端配置多套配置授权参数的情况下,将其选择出的配置授权参数的标识以及该配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元的起始符号与第二时间单元的起始符号间间隔的符号数指示给终端,以便终端根据配置授权参数的标识以及符号数,在该配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元的之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。In a possible design, with reference to the eleventh aspect, the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols. When the configuration authorization parameter of the terminal configured by the access network device includes at least When two sets of authorization parameters are configured, the indication information includes K and the identifier of the first authorization parameter. In this way, when the access network device configures multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal, the identifier of the configuration authorization parameter selected by it and the start symbol of the first time unit and the second time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter The number of symbols of the starting inter-symbol interval is indicated to the terminal, so that the terminal sends uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the identifier and symbol number of the configuration authorization parameter.
在又一种可能的设计中,结合第十一方面或第十一方面的任一可能的设计,在接入网设备在COT期间向终端发送DCI之后,所述方法还包括:接入网设备在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上接收上行数据。基于该可能的设计,接入网设备可以在选择出的配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元做好接收终端发送的上行数据的准备,提高数据接收的准确性。In yet another possible design, in combination with the eleventh aspect or any possible design of the eleventh aspect, after the access network device sends DCI to the terminal during the COT, the method further includes: the access network device Uplink data is received on a second time unit after the first time unit. Based on this possible design, the access network device may be ready to receive the uplink data sent by the terminal in the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the selected configuration authorization parameter, thereby improving the accuracy of data reception.
第十二方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中接入网设备所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如:该通信装置可以包括:处理单元以及发送单元。In a twelfth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which can be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device. The communication apparatus can realize the functions performed by the access network device in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, the communication device may include a processing unit and a sending unit.
处理单元,用于配置终端的、用于指示发送上行数据的时间单元配置授权参数,并在确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息或,根据COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及配置的配置授权参数,确定终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据;其中,第一时间单元为第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元,第一配置授权参数为接入网设备配置的终端的配置授权参数中的一套配置授权参数;第二时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元,指示信息包括在DCI中。The processing unit is used to configure the terminal and configure the authorization parameters for the time unit for sending uplink data, and determine the configuration information of the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT or, according to the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and the configured configuration The authorization parameter determines that the terminal sends uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit; where the first time unit is the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter, and the first configuration authorization parameter is configured by the access network device A set of configuration authorization parameters in the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit, and the indication information is included in the DCI.
发送单元,用于向终端发送用于指示终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据的指示信息。The sending unit is configured to send to the terminal instruction information for instructing the terminal to send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可以参考第十一方面或第十一方面的任一种可能的设计提供的资源配置方法中接入网设备的行为功能,第十一方面或者第十一方面的任一种可能的设计方法可以由该通信装置包括的处理单元以及发送单元对应实现,在此不再重复 赘述。因此,该提供的通信装置可以达到与第十一方面或者第十一方面的任一种可能的设计相同的有益效果。The specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the access network device in the resource configuration method provided in any one of the eleventh aspect or any possible design of the eleventh aspect or the eleventh aspect or eleventh aspect Any possible design method may be implemented correspondingly by the processing unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the eleventh aspect or any one of the possible designs of the eleventh aspect.
第十三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中接入网设备所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,如:一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理器和通信接口,处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第十一方面或者第十一方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能,例如:处理器用于配置终端的、用于指示发送上行数据的时间单元配置授权参数,并在确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息或,根据COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及配置的配置授权参数,确定终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,并通过通信接口向终端发送用于指示终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据的指示信息。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device. The communication apparatus may implement the functions performed by the access network equipment in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions may be implemented by hardware. For example, in a possible design, the communication apparatus may include: a processor and a communication Interface, the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the eleventh aspect or any one of the possible designs of the eleventh aspect, for example: the processor is used to configure the terminal and is used to instruct to send uplink data Configure authorization parameters for the time unit, and determine the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT or, based on the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and the configured authorization parameters, determine the second time unit of the terminal after the first time unit Uplink data, and send instruction information for instructing the terminal to send uplink data in a second time unit after the first time unit through the communication interface.
在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存通信装置必要的计算机执行指令和数据。当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述第十一方面或者第十一方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In yet another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device. When the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to perform the resource configuration method described in the eleventh aspect or any one of the possible designs in the eleventh aspect .
第十四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第十一方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。According to a fourteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the eleventh aspect or any of the above aspects It is possible to design the resource allocation method described.
第十五方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第十一方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。According to a fifteenth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to execute the resource allocation method described in the eleventh aspect or any possible design of the above aspect.
其中,第十三方面至第十五方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第十一方面或者第十一方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,不再赘述。Among them, for the technical effects brought by any of the design methods in the thirteenth to fifteenth aspects, please refer to the technical effects brought by the above eleventh aspect or any possible design of the eleventh aspect. Repeat again.
第十六方面,本申请实施例提供一种资源配置方法,所述方法包括:终端接收接入网设备在COT期间发送的包括指示信息的DCI;其中,指示信息用于指示终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据;第二时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元,即第二时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同;终端根据指示信息,在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。According to a sixteenth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a resource configuration method, the method including: a terminal receiving a DCI including indication information sent by an access network device during a COT; wherein the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal is in the first time The uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the unit; the second time unit corresponds to the time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit, that is, the second time unit and the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT Different; according to the instruction information, the terminal sends the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit.
基于第十六方面所述的方法,终端可以接收接入网设备的动态指示,在接入网设备指示的配置授权参数所指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,因配置授权参数所指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同,使终端发送上行数据时避开与接入网设备发送下行数据的时间点的冲突。Based on the method described in the sixteenth aspect, the terminal may receive the dynamic indication of the access network device and send the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter indicated by the access network device, because The second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, so that the terminal avoids conflict with the time point when the access network device sends downlink data when sending uplink data .
在一种可能的设计中,结合第十六方面,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,K为正整数;当接入网设备配置的终端的配置授权参数包括一套配置授权参数时,指示信息包括K。如此,终端可以接收接入网设备指示的配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元与第二时间单元间隔的符号数,根据该符号数,在第一时间单元的之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,简单易行。In a possible design, with reference to the sixteenth aspect, the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and K is a positive integer; when the terminal of the access network device is configured When the configuration authorization parameter includes a set of configuration authorization parameters, the indication information includes K. In this way, the terminal may receive the number of symbols between the first time unit and the second time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter indicated by the access network device, and according to the number of symbols, send the uplink on the second time unit after the first time unit Data is simple and easy.
在一种可能的设计中,结合第十六方面,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,K为正整数;当接入网设备配置的终端的配置授权参数包括至少两套配置授权参数时,指示信息包括K以及第一配置授权参数的标识。如此,终端可以接 收接入网设备指示的配置授权参数的标识以及该配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元与第二时间单元间隔的符号数,根据配置授权参数的标识以及符号数,在该配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元的之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。In a possible design, with reference to the sixteenth aspect, the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and K is a positive integer; when the terminal of the access network device is configured When the configuration authorization parameter includes at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the indication information includes K and the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter. In this way, the terminal may receive the identification of the configuration authorization parameter indicated by the access network device and the number of symbols between the first time unit and the second time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, and according to the configuration authorization parameter identification and the number of symbols, in the configuration The uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the authorization parameter.
第十七方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如:该通信装置可以包括:接收单元以及发送单元。In a seventeenth aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which can be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal. The communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal in the above aspects or each possible design, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, the communication device may include a receiving unit and a sending unit.
接收单元,用于接收接入网设备在COT期间发送的包括指示信息的DCI;其中,指示信息用于指示终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据;第二时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元,即第二时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同;The receiving unit is used to receive the DCI including the indication information sent by the access network device during the COT; wherein, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit; the second time unit corresponds to The time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or the flexibly configured time unit, that is, the second time unit is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT;
发送单元,用于根据指示信息,在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。The sending unit is configured to send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit according to the instruction information.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可以参考第十六方面或第十六方面的任一种可能的设计提供的资源配置方法中终端的行为功能,第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一种可能的设计方法可以由该通信装置包括的接收单元以及发送单元对应实现,在此不再重复赘述。因此,该提供的通信装置可以达到与第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一种可能的设计相同的有益效果。The specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect. The resource configuration method provides the terminal behavior function, either the sixteenth aspect or any of the sixteenth aspects. A possible design method may be implemented by the receiving unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, which will not be repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect.
第十八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,如:一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理器和通信接口,处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能,例如:处理器通过通信接口接收接入网设备在COT期间发送的包括指示信息的DCI,并根据指示信息,在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上通过通信接口发送上行数据;其中,指示信息用于指示终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据;第二时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元,即第二时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同。According to an eighteenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal. The communication device may implement the above-mentioned aspects or the functions performed by the terminal in each possible design, and the functions may be implemented by hardware. For example, in a possible design, the communication device may include: a processor and a communication interface, processing The device can be used to support the communication device to implement the functions mentioned in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect, for example: the processor receives the inclusion instruction sent by the access network device during the COT through the communication interface DCI of the information, and according to the indication information, send the uplink data through the communication interface on the second time unit after the first time unit; wherein, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to send the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit Data; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit, that is, the second time unit is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT.
在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存通信装置必要的计算机执行指令和数据。当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In yet another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device. When the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to perform the resource configuration method described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect .
第十九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第十六方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In a nineteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, in which instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, which when run on a computer, enables the computer to perform the sixteenth aspect or any of the above aspects It is possible to design the resource allocation method described.
第二十方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第十六方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。According to a twentieth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions which, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the resource allocation method described in the sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the above aspect.
其中,第十八方面至第二十方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第十六方面或者第十六方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought by any of the design methods in the eighteenth aspect to the twentieth aspect can be referred to the technical effects brought about by the above sixteenth aspect or any possible design of the sixteenth aspect. Repeat again.
第二十一方面,本申请实施例还提供一种资源配置方法,所述方法包括:终端获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数以及接入网设备确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,终 端根据配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M,根据获得的M,在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔M个符号,M为正整数。In a twenty-first aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a resource configuration method, the method includes: a terminal obtains a configuration authorization parameter configured by an access network device and configuration information of a COT uplink and downlink frame structure determined by the access network device, The terminal obtains the number M of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of the COT according to the configuration authorization parameter and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT. M, send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by M symbols, M is a positive integer .
基于第二十一方面所述的方法,终端可以计算配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间的差值,在第一时间单元之后、与第一时间单元的起始符号距离该差值的时间单元上发送上行数据。Based on the method described in the twenty-first aspect, the terminal may calculate the difference between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of the COT, after the first time unit, and The starting symbol of the first time unit is sent upstream of the time unit of the difference.
在一种可能的设计中,结合第十一方面,在终端获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M之前,所述方法还包括:终端确定配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元。如此,可以在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元相同的情况下,才将发送上行数据的时间单元往后延迟M个符号。In a possible design, with reference to the eleventh aspect, before the terminal obtains the number M of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of the COT, The method further includes: the terminal determining that the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to a time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT. In this way, the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the time unit used for sending the downlink data during the COT are the same, and then the time unit for sending the uplink data is delayed by M symbols.
第二十二方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如:该通信装置可以包括:处理单元以及发送单元。In the twenty-second aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be a terminal or a chip or a system-on-chip in the terminal. The communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal in the above aspects or each possible design, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, the communication device may include a processing unit and a sending unit.
处理单元,用于获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数以及接入网设备确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,根据配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M;The processing unit is used to obtain the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT determined by the access network device, and obtain the configuration authorization parameter indication according to the configuration authorization parameter and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT The number M of symbols spaced between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit is located and the start symbol of COT;
发送单元,根据获得的M,在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔M个符号,M为正整数。The sending unit sends uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the obtained M, and the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by M symbols , M is a positive integer.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可以参考第二十一方面或第二十一方面的任一种可能的设计提供的资源配置方法中终端的行为功能,第二十一方面或者第二十一方面的任一种可能的设计方法可以由该通信装置包括的处理单元以及发送单元对应实现,在此不再重复赘述。因此,该提供的通信装置可以达到与第二十一方面或者第二十一方面的任一种可能的设计相同的有益效果。The specific implementation manner of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the terminal in the resource configuration method provided in any possible design of the twenty-first aspect or the twenty-first aspect, the twenty-first aspect or the twenty-first aspect Any possible design method of the aspect may be implemented correspondingly by the processing unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the twenty-first aspect or any possible design of the twenty-first aspect.
第二十三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,如:一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理器和通信接口,处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第二十一方面或者第二十一方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能,例如:处理器获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数以及接入网设备确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,根据配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M,并根据获得的M,通过通信接口在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔M个符号,M为正整数。In a twenty-third aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system on chip in the terminal. The communication device may implement the above-mentioned aspects or the functions performed by the terminal in each possible design, and the functions may be implemented by hardware. For example, in a possible design, the communication device may include: a processor and a communication interface, processing The device may be used to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in the aforementioned twenty-first aspect or any possible design of the twenty-first aspect, for example: the processor obtains configuration authorization parameters and access of the configuration of the access network device The upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT determined by the network device, according to the configuration authorization parameter and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, obtain the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT The number of symbols between intervals M, and according to the obtained M, send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter through the communication interface. The start symbol of the second time unit and the first The starting symbols of a time unit are separated by M symbols, and M is a positive integer.
在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存通 信装置必要的计算机执行指令和数据。当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述第二十一方面或者第二十一方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In yet another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer execution instructions and data necessary for the communication device. When the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to execute the resources described in the twenty-first aspect or any possible design of the twenty-first aspect Configuration method.
第二十四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第二十一方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In a twenty-fourth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided. The computer-readable storage medium stores instructions which, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the twenty-first aspect or any of the above aspects. A possible method for designing the resource allocation.
第二十五方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第二十一方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。A twenty-fifth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that when run on a computer, enables the computer to perform the resource configuration described in the twenty-first aspect or any possible design of the above aspect method.
其中,第二十三方面至第二十五方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第二十一方面或者第二十一方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,不再赘述。Among which, the technical effects brought by any of the design methods in the twenty-third aspect to the twenty-fifth aspect can be referred to the aforementioned twenty-first aspect or any possible design brought by the twenty-first aspect The technical effect will not be repeated here.
第二十六方面,本申请实施例还提供一种资源配置方法,所述方法包括:接入网设备配置终端的配置授权参数,在接入网设备确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息后,根据终端的配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M,根据获得的M,在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上接收上行数据,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔M个符号,M为正整数。In a twenty-sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a resource configuration method, the method includes: an access network device configures a configuration authorization parameter of a terminal, and determines the COT and uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information of the COT at the access network device Then, according to the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, the number of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT are obtained M , According to the obtained M, receive the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by M symbols, M It is a positive integer.
基于第二十六方面所述的方法,接入网设备可以计算配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间的差值,在第一时间单元之后、与第一时间单元的起始符号距离该差值的时间单元上接收上行数据。Based on the method described in the twenty-sixth aspect, the access network device may calculate the difference between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of the COT. After that, uplink data is received on a time unit that is away from the start symbol of the first time unit by the difference.
在一种可能的设计中,结合第十六方面,在接入网设备获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M之前,所述方法还包括:接入网设备确定配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元。如此,可以在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元相同的情况下,将发送上行数据的时间单元往后延迟M个符号,在延迟后的时间单元上接收上行数据。In a possible design, with reference to the sixteenth aspect, the number of symbols spaced between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the access network device obtains the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT Before M, the method further includes: the access network device determining that the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to a time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT. In this way, when the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is the same as the time unit used for sending the downlink data during the COT, the time unit for sending the uplink data can be delayed by M symbols back on the delayed time unit. Receive upstream data.
第二十七方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中接入网设备所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如:该通信装置可以包括:处理单元以及接收单元。In the twenty-seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device. The communication apparatus can realize the functions performed by the access network device in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, the communication device may include a processing unit and a receiving unit.
处理单元,用于配置终端的配置授权参数,在接入网设备确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息后,根据终端的配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M。The processing unit is used to configure the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal. After the access network device determines the configuration information of the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, the configuration authorization parameters are obtained according to the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT The number M of symbols spaced between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the indicated first time unit is located and the start symbol of the COT.
接收单元,用于根据获得的M,在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上接收上行数据,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔M个符号,M为正整数。The receiving unit is configured to receive uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the obtained M, and the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by M Symbols, M is a positive integer.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可以参考第二十六方面或第二十六方面的任一种可能的设计提供的资源配置方法中接入网设备的行为功能,第二十六方面或者第二十六方面 的任一种可能的设计方法可以由该通信装置包括的处理单元以及接收单元对应实现,在此不再重复赘述。因此,该提供的通信装置可以达到与第二十六方面或者第二十六方面的任一种可能的设计相同的有益效果。The specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the access network device in the resource configuration method provided in the twenty-sixth aspect or any possible design of the twenty-sixth aspect, the twenty-sixth aspect or the Any possible design method in the twenty-sixth aspect may be implemented correspondingly by the processing unit and the receiving unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the twenty-sixth aspect or any possible design of the twenty-sixth aspect.
第二十八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中接入网设备所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,如:一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理器和通信接口,处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第二十六方面或者第二十六方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能,例如:处理器用于配置终端的配置授权参数,在接入网设备确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息后,根据终端的配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M,根据获得的M,在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上接收上行数据,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔M个符号,M为正整数。In a twenty-eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device. The communication apparatus may implement the functions performed by the access network equipment in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions may be implemented by hardware. For example, in a possible design, the communication apparatus may include: a processor and a communication Interface, the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the functions mentioned in the twenty-sixth aspect or any possible design of the twenty-sixth aspect, for example: the processor is used to configure the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, After the network access device determines the configuration information of the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, according to the terminal configuration authorization parameter and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, the start symbol and the transmission unit of the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter are obtained. The number M of symbols spaced between the start symbols of the COT. According to the obtained M, uplink data is received on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter. The start symbol of the second time unit is The starting symbols of the first time unit are separated by M symbols, and M is a positive integer.
在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存通信装置必要的计算机执行指令和数据。当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述第二十六方面或者第二十六方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In yet another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device. When the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to execute the resources as described in the twenty-sixth aspect or any possible design of the twenty-sixth aspect Configuration method.
第二十九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第二十六方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In a twenty-ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, enables the computer to perform the twenty-sixth aspect or any of the above aspects A possible method for designing the resource allocation.
第三十方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第二十六方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。According to a thirtieth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions which, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the resource allocation method described in the twenty-sixth aspect or any possible design of the above aspect .
其中,第二十八方面至第三十方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第二十六方面或者第二十六方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,不再赘述。Among them, the technical effects brought by any one of the design methods in the 28th aspect to the 30th aspect can be referred to the technology brought by the above-mentioned twenty-sixth aspect or any possible design in the twenty-sixth aspect The effect will not be repeated here.
第三十一方面,本申请实施例还提供一种资源配置方法,所述方法包括:终端获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数以及接入网设备确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息;根据配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,确定配置授权参数指示的时间单元是否对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元;若配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,则终端在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的第N个时间单元上发送上行数据;其中,第N个时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元相同,或者,可以描述为第N个时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同,N为正整数。According to a thirty-first aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a resource configuration method. The method includes: a terminal obtains a configuration authorization parameter configured by an access network device and configuration information of a COT uplink and downlink frame structure determined by the access network device; According to the configuration authorization parameters and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of COT, determine whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink data during the COT; if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink during the COT For the time unit of data, the terminal sends uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter; where the Nth time unit corresponds to the time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or the flexibly configured time The unit is the same, or it can be described that the N-th time unit is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, and N is a positive integer.
基于第三十一方面所述的方法,终端可以确定配置授权参数指示的时间单元是否对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,在配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,即配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元的相同的情况下,在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的、与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元的不同的时间单元上发送上行数据。Based on the method described in the thirty-first aspect, the terminal may determine whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, and the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT The time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is the same as the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT. After the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, the time used for sending downlink data during the COT The uplink data is sent on different time units of the unit.
在一种可能的计中,结合第三十一方面,所述方法还包括:若配置授权参数指示的时 间单元未对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,则终端在第一时间单元上发送上行数据。如此,可以在配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元的不同的情况下,在配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。In a possible calculation, with reference to the thirty-first aspect, the method further includes: if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter does not correspond to a time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, the terminal is on the first time unit Send upstream data. In this way, when the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, the uplink data may be sent on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
第三十二方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如:该通信装置可以包括:处理单元以及发送单元。In the thirty-second aspect, the present application provides a communication device. The communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system on chip in the terminal. The communication device can realize the functions performed by the terminal in the above aspects or each possible design, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, the communication device may include a processing unit and a sending unit.
处理单元,用于获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数以及接入网设备确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息;根据配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,确定配置授权参数指示的时间单元是否对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元;The processing unit is used to obtain the configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT determined by the access network device; determine the configuration authorization parameter indication according to the configuration authorization parameters and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT Whether the time unit of corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink data during COT;
发送单元,用于若配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,则在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的第N个时间单元上发送上行数据;其中,第N个时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元相同,或者,可以描述为第N个时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同,N为正整数。The sending unit is used to send uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT; Each time unit corresponds to the same time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or the flexibly configured time unit, or it can be described that the Nth time unit is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, and N is a positive integer.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可以参考第三十一方面或第三十一方面的任一种可能的设计提供的资源配置方法中终端的行为功能,第三十一方面或者第三十一方面的任一种可能的设计方法可以由该通信装置包括的处理单元以及发送单元对应实现,在此不再重复赘述。因此,该提供的通信装置可以达到与第三十一方面或者第三十一方面的任一种可能的设计相同的有益效果。For the specific implementation of the communication device, reference may be made to the thirty-first aspect or any possible design of the thirty-first aspect of the resource configuration method provided by the terminal behavior function, the thirty-first aspect or the thirty-first Any possible design method of the aspect may be implemented correspondingly by the processing unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the thirty-first aspect or any possible design of the thirty-first aspect.
第三十三方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中终端所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,如:一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理器和通信接口,处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第三十一方面或者第三十一方面的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能,例如:处理器获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数以及接入网设备确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息;根据配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,确定配置授权参数指示的时间单元是否对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元;若配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,则终端在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的第N个时间单元上发送上行数据;其中,第N个时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元相同。In a thirty-third aspect, a communication device is provided, and the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system on chip in the terminal. The communication device may implement the above-mentioned aspects or the functions performed by the terminal in each possible design, and the functions may be implemented by hardware. For example, in a possible design, the communication device may include: a processor and a communication interface, processing The device may be used to support the communication device to realize the functions involved in the above thirty-first aspect or any possible design of the thirty-first aspect, for example: the processor obtains configuration authorization parameters and access of the configuration of the access network device The configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT determined by the network device; according to the configuration authorization parameters and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, determine whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used to send the downstream data during the COT; if configured The time unit indicated by the authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink data during the COT, and the terminal sends uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter is configured; where the Nth time unit corresponds to the COT period The time unit for sending uplink data or the time unit for flexible configuration is the same.
在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存通信装置必要的计算机执行指令和数据。当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述第三十一方面或者第三十一方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In yet another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device. When the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to execute the resources described in the thirty-first aspect or any of the possible designs of the thirty-first aspect Configuration method.
第三十四方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第三十一方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In a thirty-fourth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, in which instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, which when run on a computer, enables the computer to perform the thirty-first aspect or any of the above aspects A possible method for designing the resource allocation.
第三十五方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第三十一方面或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置 方法。A thirty-fifth aspect provides a computer program product containing instructions that when run on a computer, enables the computer to perform the resource configuration described in the thirty-first aspect or any possible design of the above aspect method.
其中,第三十二方面至第三十五方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第三十一方面或者第三十一方面的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,不再赘述。Among them, for the technical effects brought by any of the design methods in the thirty-second aspect to the thirty-fifth aspect, please refer to the aforementioned thirty-first aspect or any possible design in the thirty-first aspect. The technical effect will not be repeated here.
第三十六方面,本申请实施例还提供一种资源配置方法,所述方法包括:接入网设备配置终端的配置授权参数,在确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息后,若配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,则接入网设备在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的第N个时间单元上接收上行数据;其中,第N个时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元相同,N为正整数。According to a thirty-sixth aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a resource configuration method. The method includes: an access network device configures a terminal's configuration authorization parameter, and after determining the configuration information of the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, if configured The time unit indicated by the authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, and the access network device receives the uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter is configured; wherein, the Nth time unit Corresponding to the time unit for sending uplink data during the COT or the time unit for flexible configuration, N is a positive integer.
基于第三十六方面所述的方法,接入网设备可以在配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,即配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元的相同的情况下,在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的、与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元的不同的时间单元上接收上行数据。Based on the method described in the thirty-sixth aspect, the access network device may use the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter to correspond to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, that is, the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the COT period may be used for sending When the time units of the downlink data are the same, the uplink data is received on a different time unit after the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter is configured than the time unit used to transmit the downlink data during the COT.
在一种可能的设计中,结合第三十六方面,所述方法还包括:若配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,则接入网设备在第一时间单元上接收上行数据。如此,可以在配置授权参数指示的时间单元不对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元的情况下,在配置授权参数指示的时间单元上接收上行数据。In a possible design, with reference to the thirty-sixth aspect, the method further includes: if the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter corresponds to a time unit for sending downlink data during the COT, the access network device The unit receives upstream data. In this way, when the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter does not correspond to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, the uplink data may be received on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
第三十七方面,本申请提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中接入网设备所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个上述功能相应的模块。如:该通信装置可以包括:处理单元以及接收单元。According to a thirty-seventh aspect, the present application provides a communication device, which may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device. The communication apparatus can realize the functions performed by the access network device in the above aspects or possible designs, and the functions can be implemented by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more modules corresponding to the above functions. For example, the communication device may include a processing unit and a receiving unit.
处理单元,用于配置终端的配置授权参数,确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息;The processing unit is used to configure the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal and determine the configuration information of the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT;
接收单元,用于若配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,则在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的第N个时间单元上接收上行数据;其中,第N个时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元相同,N为正整数。The receiving unit is configured to receive uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT; One time unit corresponds to the same time unit used for sending uplink data during COT or the time unit flexibly configured, and N is a positive integer.
其中,该通信装置的具体实现方式可以参考第三十六或第三十六的任一种可能的设计提供的资源配置方法中接入网设备的行为功能,第三十六或者第三十六的任一种可能的设计方法可以由该通信装置包括的处理单元以及发送单元对应实现,在此不再重复赘述。因此,该提供的通信装置可以达到与第三十六或者第三十六的任一种可能的设计相同的有益效果。The specific implementation of the communication device may refer to the behavior function of the access network device in the resource configuration method provided in any possible design of 36th or 36th, 36th or 36th Any possible design method may be implemented correspondingly by the processing unit and the sending unit included in the communication device, and details are not repeated here. Therefore, the provided communication device can achieve the same beneficial effects as the thirty-sixth or any possible design of the thirty-sixth.
第三十八方面,提供了一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或者片上系统。该通信装置可以实现上述各方面或者各可能的设计中接入网设备所执行的功能,所述功能可以通过硬件实现,如:一种可能的设计中,该通信装置可以包括:处理器和通信接口,处理器可以用于支持通信装置实现上述第三十六或者第三十六的任一种可能的设计中所涉及的功能,例如:处理器用于配置终端的配置授权参数,在确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息后,若配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,则在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的第N个时间单元上接收上行数据;其中,第N个时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元 或者灵活配置的时间单元相同,N为正整数。In a thirty-eighth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device. The communication apparatus may implement the functions performed by the access network equipment in the above aspects or in various possible designs, and the functions may be implemented by hardware. For example, in a possible design, the communication apparatus may include: a processor and a communication Interface, the processor may be used to support the communication device to implement the functions involved in any of the thirty-sixth or thirty-sixth possible designs, for example: the processor is used to configure the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, determine the COT and After the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, if the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, then the upstream data is received on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter is configured ; Among them, the Nth time unit corresponds to the same time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or the flexibly configured time unit, and N is a positive integer.
在又一种可能的设计中,所述通信装置还可以包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存通信装置必要的计算机执行指令和数据。当该通信装置运行时,该处理器执行该存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使该通信装置执行如上述第三十六或者第三十六的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。In yet another possible design, the communication device may further include a memory for storing computer-executable instructions and data necessary for the communication device. When the communication device is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to perform the resource allocation method as described in any of the thirty-sixth or thirty-sixth possible designs .
第三十九方面,提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第三十六或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。According to a thirty-ninth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, in which instructions are stored in a computer-readable storage medium, which when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute any of the foregoing thirty-sixth or any of the foregoing aspects A possible design of the resource allocation method.
第四十方面,提供了一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机可以执行上述第三十六或者上述方面的任一种可能的设计所述的资源配置方法。According to a fortieth aspect, there is provided a computer program product containing instructions that, when run on a computer, enable the computer to perform the resource allocation method described in the thirty-sixth or any possible design of the above aspects.
其中,第三十七方面至第四十方面中任一种设计方式所带来的技术效果可参见上述第三十六或者第三十六的任一种可能的设计所带来的技术效果,不再赘述。Among them, for the technical effects brought by any of the design methods in the thirty-seventh to fortieth aspects, please refer to the technical effects brought by any of the above thirty-sixth or thirty-sixth possible designs, No longer.
第四十一方面,本申请实施例还提供一种资源配置系统,所述系统可以包括第二方面至第五方面中任一方面所述的接入网设备和第七方面至第十方面中任一方面所述的终端;或者,包括第十二方面至第十五方面中任一方面所述的接入网设备和第十七方面至第二十方面中任一方面所述的终端;或者,包括第二十二方面至第二十五方面中任一方面所述的终端和第二十七方面至第三十方面中任一方面所述的接入网设备;或者,包括第三十二方面至第三十五方面中任一方面所述的终端和第三十七方面至第四十方面中任一方面所述的终端。According to a forty-first aspect, an embodiment of the present application further provides a resource configuration system, where the system may include the access network device according to any one of the second to fifth aspects and the seventh to tenth aspects The terminal according to any aspect; or, the access network device according to any one of the twelfth aspect to the fifteenth aspect and the terminal according to any one of the seventeenth aspect to the twentieth aspect; Or, including the terminal according to any one of the twenty-second to twenty-fifth aspects and the access network device according to any one of the twenty-seventh to thirtieth aspects; or, including the third The terminal according to any one of the twelfth aspect to the thirty-fifth aspect and the terminal according to any one of the thirty-seventh aspect to the fortieth aspect.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION
图1为现有GF参数以及COT的配置的示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic diagram of the existing GF parameters and the configuration of COT;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种系统架构示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a system architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;3 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device according to an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种资源配置方法流程图;4 is a flowchart of a resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5a为本申请实施例提供的一种COT的配置的示意图;5a is a schematic diagram of a configuration of a COT provided by an embodiment of this application;
图5b为本申请实施例提供的一种GF参数以及COT的配置的示意图;5b is a schematic diagram of a GF parameter and COT configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5c为本申请实施例提供的一种GF参数以及COT的配置的示意图;5c is a schematic diagram of a configuration of GF parameters and COT provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种资源配置方法的流程图;6 is a flowchart of yet another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7a为本申请实施例提供的又一种GF参数以及COT的配置的示意图;7a is a schematic diagram of yet another GF parameter and COT configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7b为本申请实施例提供的又一种GF参数以及COT的配置的示意图;7b is a schematic diagram of yet another GF parameter and COT configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7c为本申请实施例提供的又一种GF参数以及COT的配置的示意图;7c is a schematic diagram of yet another GF parameter and COT configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种资源配置方法的流程图;8 is a flowchart of yet another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的又一种GF参数以及COT的配置的示意图;9 is a schematic diagram of yet another GF parameter and COT configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种资源配置方法的流程图;10 is a flowchart of yet another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of this application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的又一种GF参数以及COT的配置的示意图;11 is a schematic diagram of yet another GF parameter and COT configuration provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置120的组成示意图;12 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 120 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置130的组成示意图;13 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device 130 provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种资源配置系统14的组成示意图。14 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a resource configuration system 14 provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面结合附图对本申请实施例的实施方式进行详细描述。The implementation of the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings.
本申请实施例提供的资源配置方法可以应用于图2所示的通信系统,该通信系统可以为蜂窝通信系统,还可以为长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,又可以为第五代(5th generation,5G)移动通信系统或者新空口(new radio,NG)系统,也可以为其他移动通信系统,不予限制。如图2所示,该通信系统可以包括接入网设备以及多个终端,终端与接入网设备之间可以建立有通信链路。终端可以在接入网设备的覆盖下,接收接入网设备为其配置的配置授权参数以及接收接入网设备通过动态指示给终端的信息等,并根据接收到的信息向接入网设备发送上行数据。接入网设备抢占COT,在COT期间向终端发送下行数据等。需要说明的是,本申请各实施例中,上行数据和下行数据为相对概念,上行数据可以指:终端向接入网设备发送的数据,下行数据可以指:接入网设备向终端发送的数据。此外,图2仅为示例性框架图,图2包括的设备的数量不受限制,且除图2所示功能节点外,图2所述系统还可以包括其他节点,如:核心网设备、网关设备、应用服务器等等,不予限制。The resource configuration method provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the communication system shown in FIG. 2, which can be a cellular communication system, a long term evolution (LTE) system, or a fifth generation ( 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system or new radio (NG) system can also be other mobile communication systems without restriction. As shown in FIG. 2, the communication system may include an access network device and multiple terminals, and a communication link may be established between the terminal and the access network device. Under the coverage of the access network device, the terminal can receive configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device and receive information that the access network device dynamically indicates to the terminal, etc., and send to the access network device according to the received information Upstream data. The access network equipment preempts the COT and sends downlink data to the terminal during the COT. It should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, uplink data and downlink data are relative concepts. Uplink data may refer to: data sent by the terminal to the access network device, and downlink data may refer to: data sent by the access network device to the terminal . In addition, FIG. 2 is only an exemplary frame diagram. The number of devices included in FIG. 2 is not limited, and in addition to the functional nodes shown in FIG. 2, the system described in FIG. 2 may include other nodes, such as core network devices and gateways. Devices, application servers, etc. are not restricted.
其中,图2中的终端可以称为终端设备(terminal equipment)或者用户设备(user equipment,UE)或者移动台(mobile station,MS)或者移动终端(mobile terminal,MT)等,可以被部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以被部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。具体的,图2中的终端可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑或带无线收发功能的电脑。终端还可以是虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端、工业控制中的无线终端、无人驾驶中的无线终端、远程医疗中的无线终端、智能电网中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端等等。本申请实施例中,用于实现终端的功能的装置可以是终端,也可以是能够支持终端实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现终端的功能的装置是终端为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。Among them, the terminal in FIG. 2 may be called terminal equipment (terminal equipment) or user equipment (user equipment (UE)) or mobile station (mobile station, MS) or mobile terminal (mobile terminal, MT), etc., which may be deployed on the water surface Onboard (such as ships, etc.); can also be deployed in the air (such as aircraft, balloons, satellites, etc.). Specifically, the terminal in FIG. 2 may be a mobile phone, a tablet computer, or a computer with wireless transceiver function. The terminal may also be a virtual reality (VR) terminal, an augmented reality (AR) terminal, a wireless terminal in industrial control, a wireless terminal in unmanned driving, a wireless terminal in telemedicine, or a smart grid. Wireless terminals, wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, etc. In the embodiment of the present application, the device for realizing the function of the terminal may be a terminal, or may be a device that can support the terminal to realize the function, such as a chip system. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application is described by taking an example in which the device for implementing the functions of the terminal is a terminal.
图2中的接入网设备可以称为网络设备,主要用于实现无线物理控制功能、资源调度和无线资源管理、无线接入控制以及移动性管理等功能。具体的,该接入网设备可以为接入网(access network,AN)/无线接入网(radio access network,RAN)设备,还可以为由多个5G-AN/5G-RAN节点组成的设备,又可以为者基站(nodeB,NB)、演进型基站(evolution nodeB,eNB)、下一代基站(generation nodeB,gNB)、收发点(transmission receive point,TRP)、传输点(transmission point,TP)以及某种其它接入节点中的任一节点。本申请实施例中,用于实现接入网设备的功能的装置可以是接入网设备,也可以是能够支持接入网设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现接入网设备的功能的装置是接入网设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。The access network device in FIG. 2 may be referred to as a network device, and is mainly used to implement functions such as wireless physical control functions, resource scheduling and wireless resource management, wireless access control, and mobility management. Specifically, the access network device may be an access network (AN)/radio access network (RAN) device, or may be a device composed of multiple 5G-AN/5G-RAN nodes , Can also be a base station (nodeB, NB), an evolutionary base station (evolution nodeB, eNB), a next-generation base station (generation nodeB, gNB), a transceiver point (transmission receiver point, TRP), a transmission point (transmission point, TP) And any of some other access nodes. In the embodiment of the present application, the apparatus for implementing the function of the access network device may be an access network device, or may be an apparatus capable of supporting the access network device to realize the function, such as a chip system. In the technical solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application, the technical solution provided by the embodiments of the present application is described by taking an example in which the apparatus for realizing the function of the access network device is an access network device.
在图2所示系统中,接入网设备为终端配置完配置授权参数之后,接入网设备可以根据其抢占的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,从多个配置授权参数中选择合适的配置授权参数,并将选择结果指示给终端,以便终端根据接入网设备指示的配置授权参数发送上行数据。或者,接入网设备可以根据其抢占的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,适应性的调整用于终端发送上行数据的时间单元,并将调整后的时间单元指示给终端,以便终端在调整后的时间单元上发送上行数据。或者,终端根据接入网设备确定的COT的上下行帧结 构配置信息以及配置授权参数,在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的某个时间单元上发送上行数据,或者,终端确定配置授权参数指示的时间单元是否对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,若不对应,则在配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据,反之,则在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的某个时间单元上发送上行数据。具体的,这些可能的实现过程可以参照下述图4或者图6或者图8或者图10对应的实施例中所述。In the system shown in FIG. 2, after the access network device configures the configuration authorization parameters for the terminal, the access network device can select the appropriate configuration from multiple configuration authorization parameters according to the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the preempted COT Authorization parameters, and indicate the selection result to the terminal, so that the terminal sends uplink data according to the configuration authorization parameters indicated by the access network device. Alternatively, the access network device may adaptively adjust the time unit used for the terminal to send uplink data according to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT it preempts, and indicate the adjusted time unit to the terminal, so that the terminal The uplink data is sent on the time unit. Or, the terminal sends uplink data on a time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the configuration information of the uplink and downlink frame structure and the configuration authorization parameter of the COT determined by the access network device, or the terminal determines the configuration authorization parameter indication Whether the time unit corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink data during COT, if it does not correspond, the uplink data is sent on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, otherwise, it is some time after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter The unit sends upstream data. Specifically, for these possible implementation processes, reference may be made to the embodiments corresponding to FIG. 4 or FIG. 6 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 10 described below.
其中,在具体实现时,图2所示各设备具有图3所示部件。图3为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的组成示意图,当该通信装置执行方法实施例中终端的功能时,该通信装置可以为终端或者终端内部的芯片或者片上系统;当该通信装置执行方法实施例中接入网设备的功能时,该通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备内部的芯片或者片上系统。如图3所示,该通信装置300包括至少一个处理器301,通信线路302,以及至少一个收发器303;进一步的,图3所示通信装置还可以包括存储器304。其中,处理器301,存储器304以及收发器303三者之间可以通过通信线路302连接。在本申请实施例中,至少一个可以是一个、两个、三个或者更多个,本申请实施例不做限制。Among them, in a specific implementation, each device shown in FIG. 2 has the components shown in FIG. 3. FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of the composition of a communication device provided by an embodiment of the present application. When the communication device performs the function of the terminal in the method embodiment, the communication device may be a terminal or a chip or a system on chip within the terminal; when the communication device When performing the function of the access network device in the method embodiment, the communication apparatus may be an access network device or a chip or a system on chip within the access network device. As shown in FIG. 3, the communication device 300 includes at least one processor 301, a communication line 302, and at least one transceiver 303; further, the communication device shown in FIG. 3 may further include a memory 304. Among them, the processor 301, the memory 304 and the transceiver 303 can be connected via a communication line 302. In the embodiments of the present application, at least one may be one, two, three, or more, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited.
在本申请实施例中,处理器301可以是中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),通用处理器网络处理器(network processor,NP)、数字信号处理器(digital signal processing,DSP)、微处理器、微控制器、可编程逻辑器件(programmable logic device,PLD)或它们的任意组合。处理器还可以是其它任意具有处理功能的装置,例如电路、器件或软件模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the processor 301 may be a central processing unit (CPU), a general-purpose processor network processor (NP), a digital signal processor (DSP), or a micro-processing Devices, microcontrollers, programmable logic devices (PLD) or any combination thereof. The processor may also be any other device with a processing function, such as a circuit, a device, or a software module.
在本申请实施例中,通信线路302可包括通路,用于在通信装置包括的部件之间传送信息。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication line 302 may include a path for transmitting information between components included in the communication device.
在本申请实施例中,收发器303用于与其他设备或通信网络通信(如以太网,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)等)。收发器303可以是模块、电路、收发器或者任何能够实现通信的装置。In the embodiment of the present application, the transceiver 303 is used to communicate with other devices or communication networks (such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), etc.). The transceiver 303 may be a module, a circuit, a transceiver, or any device capable of implementing communication.
在本申请实施例中,存储器304可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和/或指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,也可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和/或指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,还可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。In the embodiment of the present application, the memory 304 may be a read-only memory (read-only memory, ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and/or instructions, or may be a random access memory (random access memory) , RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and/or instructions, and can also be electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (electrically erasable programmable-read-only memory, EEPROM), compact disc-only (compact disc read- only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compact discs, laser discs, optical discs, digital versatile discs, Blu-ray discs, etc.), disk storage media or other magnetic storage devices, or can be used to carry or store The desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and any other medium that can be accessed by the computer, but is not limited thereto.
一种可能的设计中,存储器304可以独立于处理器301存在,即存储器304可以为处理器301外部的存储器,此时,存储器304可以通过通信线路302与处理器301相连接,用于存储指令或者程序代码。处理器301调用并执行存储器304中存储的指令或程序代码时,能够实现本申请下述实施例提供的资源配置方法。又一种可能的设计中,存储器304也可以和处理器301集成在一起,即存储器304可以为处理器301的内部存储器,例如,该存储器304为高速缓存,可以用于暂存一些数据和/或指令信息等。In a possible design, the memory 304 may exist independently of the processor 301, that is, the memory 304 may be a memory external to the processor 301, and at this time, the memory 304 may be connected to the processor 301 through a communication line 302 for storing instructions Or program code. When the processor 301 calls and executes the instructions or program codes stored in the memory 304, it can implement the resource configuration method provided in the following embodiments of the present application. In another possible design, the memory 304 may also be integrated with the processor 301, that is, the memory 304 may be an internal memory of the processor 301, for example, the memory 304 is a cache, and may be used to temporarily store some data and/or Or instruction information.
作为一种可实现方式,处理器301可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图3中的CPU0和CPU1。作为另一种可实现方式,通信装置300可以包括多个处理器,例如图3中的处理器 301和处理器307。As an implementable manner, the processor 301 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 3. As another implementable manner, the communication device 300 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 301 and the processor 307 in FIG. 3.
作为另一种可实现方式,当图3所示通信装置用于执行终端所执行的功能时,如图3所示,该通信装置300还可以包括输出设备305和输入设备306。示例性地,输入设备306可以是键盘、鼠标、麦克风或操作杆等设备,输出设备305可以是显示屏、扬声器(speaker)等设备。As another implementable manner, when the communication device shown in FIG. 3 is used to perform the function performed by the terminal, as shown in FIG. 3, the communication device 300 may further include an output device 305 and an input device 306. Illustratively, the input device 306 may be a device such as a keyboard, mouse, microphone, or joystick, and the output device 305 may be a device such as a display screen or a speaker.
需要说明的是,上述的通信装置300可以是一个通用设备或者是一个专用设备。例如,通信装置300可以是台式机、便携式电脑、网络服务器、PDA、移动手机、平板电脑、无线终端、嵌入式设备、芯片系统或有图3中类似结构的设备。本申请实施例不限定通信装置300的类型。本申请实施例中,芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。It should be noted that the above-mentioned communication device 300 may be a general device or a dedicated device. For example, the communication device 300 may be a desktop computer, a portable computer, a web server, a PDA, a mobile phone, a tablet computer, a wireless terminal, an embedded device, a chip system, or a device having a similar structure as shown in FIG. 3. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the type of the communication device 300. In the embodiment of the present application, the chip system may be composed of a chip, and may also include a chip and other discrete devices.
下面结合图2所示系统,对本申请实施例提供的资源配置方法进行描述。其中,下述方法实施例中提及的各个通信装置均可以具有图3所示组成部分,不再赘述。此外,本申请下述实施例中各个设备间交互的消息的名字或消息中各参数的名字等只是一个示例,具体实现中也可以是其他的名字,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。The resource configuration method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be described below in conjunction with the system shown in FIG. 2. Wherein, each communication device mentioned in the following method embodiments may have the components shown in FIG. 3, which will not be repeated here. In addition, the names of messages exchanged between devices in the following embodiments of the present application or the names of parameters in the messages are only examples, and other names may be used in specific implementations, which are not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
图4为本申请实施例提供一种资源配置方法,如图4所示,所述方法可以包括:FIG. 4 provides a resource configuration method according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 4, the method may include:
步骤401:接入网设备配置终端的至少两套配置授权参数。Step 401: The access network device configures at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal.
其中,接入网设备可以为图2所示系统中的接入网设备。终端可以为图2所示系统中的任一终端。The access network device may be the access network device in the system shown in FIG. 2. The terminal may be any terminal in the system shown in FIG. 2.
其中,配置授权参数可以称为(configured grant,CG)参数或者免授权调度(grant free,GF)参数,该配置授权参数可以用于指示发送上行数据的时间单元。本申请实施例中,配置授权参数所指示的用于发送上行数据的时间单元可以为一个时间单元,也可以为两个或两个时间单元。该时间单元可以为授权频谱上的符号(symbol)或者时隙(slot)或者子帧(subframe),如:时间单元可以为1个符号或者多个符号等;或者,该时间单元可以是授权频谱上的符号、时隙、子帧等的任意组合所指示的时间,如:该时间单元可以为1个时隙2个符号等,不予限制。The configuration authorization parameter may be called a (configured grant, CG) parameter or a grant-free scheduling (grant free, GF) parameter, and the configuration authorization parameter may be used to indicate a time unit for sending uplink data. In the embodiment of the present application, the time unit for sending the uplink data indicated by the configuration authorization parameter may be one time unit, or two or two time units. The time unit may be a symbol, slot, or subframe on the licensed spectrum, for example, the time unit may be one symbol or multiple symbols, etc.; or, the time unit may be a licensed spectrum The time indicated by any combination of the symbols, time slots, subframes, etc. on the above, such as: the time unit may be 1 symbol in a time slot and 2 symbols, etc., without limitation.
本申请各实施例中,不同配置授权参数指示的时间单元不同。每个配置授权参数对应有配置授权参数的标识(identifier,ID),配置授权参数的ID用于标识配置授权参数。示例性的,配置授权参数的ID可以由接入网设备配置,不同配置授权参数的标识不同。如:配置授权参数的标识可以是配置授权参数的索引号(index),还可以是用户易于识别、理解、记忆的字母、汉字、数字、特殊字符等的任意组合以及其他标识符,不予限制。例如,接入网设备配置终端的四个配置授权参数:GF参数1、GF参数2、GF参数3以及GF参数4,其中,GF参数1的标识可以为GF ID1,GF参数2的标识可以为GF ID2,GF参数3的标识可以为GF ID3,GF参数4的标识可以为GF ID4等。In each embodiment of the present application, the time unit indicated by different configuration authorization parameters is different. Each configuration authorization parameter corresponds to an identifier (ID) of the configuration authorization parameter, and the ID of the configuration authorization parameter is used to identify the configuration authorization parameter. Exemplarily, the ID of the configuration authorization parameter may be configured by the access network device, and the identification of the authorization parameter is different in different configurations. For example, the identification of the configuration authorization parameter can be the index number of the configuration authorization parameter, or any combination of letters, Chinese characters, numbers, special characters, etc. that the user can easily recognize, understand, remember, and other identifiers, without limitation . For example, the access network device configures four configuration authorization parameters of the terminal: GF parameter 1, GF parameter 2, GF parameter 3, and GF parameter 4, wherein the identifier of GF parameter 1 may be GF ID1, and the identifier of GF parameter 2 may be GF ID2, GF parameter 3 can be identified as GF ID3, GF parameter 4 can be identified as GF ID4, etc.
示例性的,配置授权参数可以包括但不限于首次用于发送上行数据的时间单元的起始符号和参考时间点间的偏移量、用于发送上行数据的时间单元的长度、每个用于发送上行数据的时间单元的起始符号以及发送周期中的一个或多个信息,还可以包括其他信息,如:冗余版本(redundancy version)等。其中,发送周期可以为用于发送上行数据的两个相邻时间单元之间的时间间隔,参考时间点可以是预先约定的一个时间点,如:可以为子帧0。例如,若配置授权参数1包括:偏移量为4个slot,发送周期为1个slot,起始符号为第3 个符号,用于发送上行数据的时间单元的长度为2个符号,则该配置授权参数1可以用于指示终端在子帧0后的第4个slot开始,在第4个slot内的第3和第4个符号上发送上行数据。Exemplarily, the configuration authorization parameter may include, but is not limited to, the offset between the start symbol of the time unit used for sending uplink data for the first time and the reference time point, the length of the time unit used for sending uplink data, and each used for The start symbol of the time unit for sending uplink data and one or more information in the transmission cycle may also include other information, such as redundancy version (redundancy version). The transmission period may be a time interval between two adjacent time units for sending uplink data, and the reference time point may be a predetermined time point, for example, it may be subframe 0. For example, if the configuration authorization parameter 1 includes: an offset of 4 slots, a transmission period of 1 slot, a starting symbol of the third symbol, and a length of the time unit for sending uplink data of 2 symbols, then the The configuration authorization parameter 1 can be used to instruct the terminal to start the fourth slot after subframe 0, and send uplink data on the third and fourth symbols in the fourth slot.
本申请实施例中,接入网设备可以根据终端与接入网设备间交互的上下行业务量、终端与接入网设备间的信道条件等信息为终端配置至少两套配置授权参数,并将配置的至少两套配置授权参数发送给终端,如:In the embodiment of the present application, the access network device may configure at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal according to information such as the uplink and downlink traffic interacted between the terminal and the access network device, the channel condition between the terminal and the access network device, and The configured at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters are sent to the terminal, such as:
在一种示例中,终端可以向接入网设备发送无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)建立请求,接入网设备接收RRC建立请求,根据RRC建立请求,将至少两套配置授权参数携带在RRC消息中,向终端发送RRC消息;其中,RRC建立请求用于请求与接入网设备建立RRC连接。如此,接入网设备可以在RRC建立过程中将配置授权参数配置给终端。In one example, the terminal may send a radio resource control (RRC) establishment request to the access network device. The access network device receives the RRC establishment request, and carries at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the RRC establishment request. In the RRC message, an RRC message is sent to the terminal; where the RRC establishment request is used to request the establishment of an RRC connection with the access network device. In this way, the access network device can configure the configuration authorization parameter to the terminal during the RRC establishment process.
在又一种示例中,接入网设备还可以通过RRC消息和下行控制信息(downlink control information,DCI)结合的方式为终端配置授权参数,如:接入网设备可以先将多套配置授权参数携带在RRC消息中发送给终端,后续,接入网设备通过DCI向终端发送激活指令,指示激活RRC消息包括的配置授权参数中的至少两套配置授权参数,终端接收到激活指令后,根据激活指令从RRC消息包括的配置授权参数中获取至少两套配置授权参数。In another example, the access network device may also configure authorization parameters for the terminal through a combination of RRC messages and downlink control information (DCI). For example, the access network device may first configure multiple sets of authorization parameters It is carried in the RRC message and sent to the terminal. Subsequently, the access network device sends an activation instruction to the terminal through DCI, indicating that at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters included in the configuration authorization parameter included in the RRC message are activated. After receiving the activation instruction, the terminal The instruction obtains at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters from the configuration authorization parameters included in the RRC message.
需要说明的是,接入网设备为终端配置至少两套配置授权参数时,还可以将配置授权参数的标识与配置授权参数对应配置给终端,如:将配置授权参数与配置授权参数的标识对应携带在RRC消息中发送给终端。It should be noted that when the access network device configures at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal, the identifier of the configuration authorization parameter and the configuration authorization parameter can also be correspondingly configured to the terminal, for example, the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the identifier of the configuration authorization parameter It is carried in the RRC message and sent to the terminal.
步骤402:接入网设备确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息。Step 402: The access network device determines the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT.
其中,接入网设备可以采用现有技术确定COT,如:可以采用LBT技术确定COT。Among them, the access network equipment can use the existing technology to determine the COT, for example: LBT technology can be used to determine the COT.
其中,COT的上下行帧结构配置信息可以用于指示COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元、用于发送下行数据的时间单元以及灵活配置的时间单元。其中,灵活配置的时间单元的定义如下:若某个时间单元用于发送上行数据或者用于发送下行数据,则可以称该时间单元为灵活配置的时间单元。COT期间可以包括一个或多个传输周期,一个传输周期可以为1个时隙或者1个子帧或者1帧,COT中每个传输周期内的上下行配置可以相同,也可以不同。The configuration information of the uplink and downlink frame structure of the COT may be used to indicate a time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT, a time unit used for sending downlink data, and a flexibly configured time unit. The definition of a flexibly configured time unit is as follows: If a certain time unit is used to send uplink data or used to send downlink data, the time unit can be called a flexibly configured time unit. The COT period may include one or more transmission periods, and one transmission period may be 1 time slot or 1 subframe or 1 frame. The uplink and downlink configurations in each transmission period in the COT may be the same or different.
本申请实施例中,可以在通信协议(如:第三代合作伙伴项目(the 3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)TS38.214)中预先规定一种或几种上下行帧结构配置信息,每一种上下行帧结构配置信息对应一个标识,不同上下行配置信息对应的标识不同。当接入网设备确定COT后,接入网设备可以根据当前上下行业务量、信道条件等信息从预先配置的一种或多种上下行帧结构配置信息中选择一种上下行帧结构配置信息作为COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,并将选择出的上下行帧结构配置信息的标识作为该COT的标识。In the embodiment of the present application, one or several types of upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information may be predetermined in the communication protocol (such as the 3rd generation partnership project (3GPP) TS38.214). The configuration information of the uplink and downlink frame structure corresponds to an identifier, and the identifiers corresponding to different uplink and downlink configuration information are different. After the access network device determines the COT, the access network device may select one kind of uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information from one or more types of pre-configured uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information according to the current uplink and downlink traffic volume, channel conditions and other information As the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, and the identifier of the selected upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information is used as the identifier of the COT.
例如,如图5a所示,以时间单元为符号为例,通信协议中可以预先配置下述上下行帧结构配置信息1:DDDDDFUUUUUUUU、上下行帧结构配置信息2:DDFUUUUUUUUUUU,若接入网设备确定的COT包括两个传输周期,一个传输周期为1个时隙,1个时隙包括14个符号,则接入网设备可以在COT的第一个传输周期和第二个传输周期均采用下述配置:DDDDDFUUUUUUUU;还可以如图5a所示,在COT的第一个传输周期采用下述配置:DDDDDFUUUUUUUU,在第二传输周期采用下述配置:DDFUUUUUUUUUUU,不予限制。For example, as shown in FIG. 5a, taking the time unit as an example, the following upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information 1: DDDDDFUUUUUUUU, upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information 2: DDFUUUUUUUUUUU can be pre-configured in the communication protocol, if the access network device determines The COT includes two transmission cycles, one transmission cycle is one time slot, and one time slot includes 14 symbols, then the access network device can use the following in the first transmission cycle and the second transmission cycle of the COT Configuration: DDDDDFUUUUUUUUU; as shown in FIG. 5a, the following configuration can be adopted in the first transmission cycle of COT: DDDDDFUUUUUUUU, and the following configuration in the second transmission cycle: DDFUUUUUUUUUUU, without limitation.
需要说明的是,本申请各实施例中,符号“D”表示用于发送下行数据的时间单元,符号“U”表示用于发送上行数据的时间单元,符号“F”表示灵活配置的时间单元。It should be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, the symbol "D" indicates a time unit for sending downlink data, the symbol "U" indicates a time unit for sending uplink data, and the symbol "F" indicates a flexibly configured time unit .
步骤403:接入网设备根据COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及接入网设备配置的终端的至少两套配置授权参数,从至少两套配置授权参数中选择出第一配置授权参数。Step 403: The access network device selects the first configuration authorization parameter from the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the COT uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information and at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal configured by the access network device.
其中,第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同;或者,可以描述为COT期间与第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应的时间单元为用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元。The time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT; or, it can be described that the time unit corresponding to the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter during the COT is used for sending the uplink Time unit of data or time unit of flexible configuration.
示例性的,接入网设备确定COT的上下行帧结构配置信息之后,将每个配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间的时间单元的传输方式进行比较,确定COT期间与配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应的时间单元的传输方式,若COT期间的该时间单元不用于发送下行数据,则将该配置授权参数确定为第一配置授权参数,反之,则确定终端不能在该配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。Exemplarily, after determining the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, the access network device compares the transmission mode of the time unit indicated by each configuration authorization parameter with the time unit during the COT period, and determines the period indicated by the configuration authorization parameter The transmission mode of the time unit corresponding to the time unit. If the time unit during the COT is not used to send downlink data, the configuration authorization parameter is determined as the first configuration authorization parameter, otherwise, it is determined that the terminal cannot Uplink data is sent on the time unit.
例如,如图5b所示,接入网设备配置给终端三个配置授权参数:GF参数1、GF参数2以及GF参数3,每个GF参数的传输周期为1个slot,每个slot包括14个符号:符号0~符号13,接入网设备占用的COT包括多个传输周期,每个传输周期为1个slot,每个slot包括14个符号:符号0~符号13。如图5b所示,GF参数1指示的用于发送上行数据的时间单元为:符号6,GF参数2指示的用于发送上行数据的时间单元为:符号9,GF参数3指示的用于发送上行数据的时间单元为:符号12,其中,GF参数1指示的符号6对应COT期间的符号0,由图5b可知,COT期间的符号0用于发送下行数据,则GF参数1指示的时间单元对应COT期间发送下行数据的时间单元,二者传输方式冲突,使终端不能在GF参数1指示的时间单元发送上行数据;同理,GF参数1指示的符号6对应COT期间的符号3,COT期间的符号3也用于发送下行数据,终端也不能在GF参数2指示的时间单元发送上行数据。GF参数3指示的符号12对应COT期间的符号6,COT期间的符号6用于发送下行数据,GF参数3指示的时间单元对应COT期间发送上行数据的时间单元,二者传输方式一致,终端可以在GF参数3指示的时间单元发送上行数据。此时,接入网设备可以将GF参数3作为第一配置授权参数。For example, as shown in FIG. 5b, the access network device is configured with three configuration authorization parameters for the terminal: GF parameter 1, GF parameter 2, and GF parameter 3, each GF parameter transmission period is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 Symbols: symbols 0 to 13, the COT occupied by the access network equipment includes multiple transmission cycles, each transmission cycle is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 symbols: symbol 0 to symbol 13. As shown in FIG. 5b, the time unit for sending uplink data indicated by GF parameter 1 is: symbol 6, the time unit for sending uplink data indicated by GF parameter 2 is: symbol 9, for sending data indicated by GF parameter 3 The time unit of the upstream data is: symbol 12, where the symbol 6 indicated by the GF parameter 1 corresponds to the symbol 0 during the COT. As can be seen from FIG. 5b, the symbol 0 during the COT is used to send the downstream data, then the time unit indicated by the GF parameter 1 Corresponding to the time unit for sending downlink data during COT, the transmission mode of the two conflicts, so that the terminal cannot send uplink data in the time unit indicated by GF parameter 1; similarly, symbol 6 indicated by GF parameter 1 corresponds to symbol 3 during COT, during COT The symbol 3 of is also used to send downlink data, and the terminal cannot send uplink data in the time unit indicated by GF parameter 2. The symbol 12 indicated by the GF parameter 3 corresponds to the symbol 6 during the COT. The symbol 6 during the COT is used to send the downlink data. The time unit indicated by the GF parameter 3 corresponds to the time unit to send the uplink data during the COT. The uplink data is sent in the time unit indicated by GF parameter 3. At this time, the access network device may use GF parameter 3 as the first configuration authorization parameter.
需要说明的是,接入网设备从至少两套配置授权参数中选择出的第一配置授权参数可以包括一套配置授权参数,还可以包括多套配置授权参数。当接入网设备从至少两套配置授权参数中选择出多套配置授权参数时,接入网设备可以将多套配置授权参数中索引号最小的配置授权参数作为最终选择出的配置授权参数,或者,将多套配置授权参数中索引号最大的配置授权参数作为最终选择出的配置授权参数,或者,将多套配置授权参数中最先用于发送上行数据的时间单元所对应的配置授权参数作为最终选择出的配置授权参数。It should be noted that the first configuration authorization parameter selected by the access network device from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters may include one set of configuration authorization parameters, and may also include multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters. When the access network device selects multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the access network device may use the configuration authorization parameter with the smallest index number among the multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters as the final selected configuration authorization parameter, Or, use the configuration authorization parameter with the highest index number among the multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters as the final selected configuration authorization parameter, or use the configuration authorization parameters corresponding to the time unit that is the first to be used to send uplink data among the multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters As the final configuration authorization parameter.
例如,接入网设备从至少两套配置授权参数中选择出两套配置授权参数:GF参数3和GF参数4,GF参数3的索引号为3,GF参数4的索引号为4,GF参数3指示的时间单元为符号3,GF参数4指示的时间单元为符号6,则接入网设备可以将GF参数3作为最终选择出的配置授权参数,或者将GF参数4作为最终选择出的配置授权参数,或者,将指示符号3的GF参数3作为最终选择出的配置授权参数,不予限制。For example, the access network device selects two sets of configuration authorization parameters from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters: GF parameter 3 and GF parameter 4, the index number of GF parameter 3 is 3, the index number of GF parameter 4 is 4, and the GF parameter The time unit indicated by 3 is symbol 3, and the time unit indicated by GF parameter 4 is symbol 6, then the access network device may use GF parameter 3 as the finally selected configuration authorization parameter, or use GF parameter 4 as the finally selected configuration The authorization parameter, or the GF parameter 3 of the indicator 3 as the final selected configuration authorization parameter, is not limited.
步骤404:接入网设备在COT期间向终端发送DCI;其中,DCI包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示终端在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。Step 404: The access network device sends DCI to the terminal during the COT; wherein, the DCI includes indication information used to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
其中,在本申请各实施例中,接入网设备在COT期间向终端发送DCI可以包括:接入网设备在COT期间最先用于发送下行数据的时间单元上发送DCI。Wherein, in each embodiment of the present application, the access network device sending the DCI to the terminal during the COT may include: the access network device sending the DCI on the first time unit used to send the downlink data during the COT.
在一种示例中,该指示信息可以为第一配置授权参数的标识。In an example, the indication information may be an identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
如:该指示信息可以为第一配置授权参数的索引号等。For example, the indication information may be the index number of the first configuration authorization parameter.
在又一种示例中,该指示信息可以为COT的标识,COT的标识可以用于标识COT的上下行结构配置信息,COT的上下行结构配置信息与第一配置授权参数间存在对应关系。In yet another example, the indication information may be a COT identifier. The COT identifier may be used to identify the upstream and downstream structure configuration information of the COT. There is a correspondence between the upstream and downstream structure configuration information of the COT and the first configuration authorization parameter.
其中,COT的标识还可以描述为上下行结构配置信息的标识。可以理解的是,当COT期间包括多个传输周期,不同传输周期的上下行帧结构配置信息不同时,因此,对于不同传输周期,接入网设备指示给终端的COT的标识是不同的,以便终端根据接收到的COT的标识找到与COT标识所标识的上下行帧结构配置信息对应的配置授权参数,在该配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送数据。Among them, the identifier of the COT can also be described as the identifier of the configuration information of the upstream and downstream structures. It can be understood that when the COT period includes multiple transmission cycles, and the configuration information of the uplink and downlink frame structures in different transmission cycles is different, therefore, for different transmission cycles, the identifier of the COT indicated by the access network device to the terminal is different, so that The terminal finds the configuration authorization parameter corresponding to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure identified by the COT identifier according to the received COT identifier, and sends the data in the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
步骤405:终端接收接入网设备在COT期间发送的DCI,根据DCI中的指示信息,在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。Step 405: The terminal receives the DCI sent by the access network device during the COT, and sends uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the indication information in the DCI.
其中,当指示信息包括第一配置授权参数的标识时,终端可以根据第一配置授权参数的标识,从至少两套配置授权参数中获取第一配置授权参数的标识所标识的第一配置授权参数,在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。Wherein, when the indication information includes the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter, the terminal may obtain the first configuration authorization parameter identified by the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter , Sending uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
当指示信息包括COT的标识时,终端可以先根据COT的标识,确定COT的标识所标识的COT的上下行结构配置信息,再根据上下行结构配置信息与配置授权参数间的对应关系,确定COT的上下行结构配置信息对应的第一配置授权参数,在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。When the indication information includes the COT identification, the terminal may first determine the configuration information of the upstream and downstream structures of the COT identified by the COT identification according to the identification of the COT, and then determine the COT according to the correspondence between the upstream and downstream configuration information and the configuration authorization parameters The first configuration authorization parameter corresponding to the configuration information of the uplink and downlink structures of the uplink data is sent in the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
其中,上下行结构配置信息与配置授权参数间的对应关系也可以在通信协议中预先规定好。当指示信息包括COT的标识时,终端可以从通信协议中获取上下行结构配置信息与配置授权参数间的对应关系以及上行帧结构配置信息对应的标识,并根据接入网设备指示的COT的标识以及获取的信息确定第一配置授权参数,在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。Among them, the correspondence between the configuration information of the upstream and downstream structures and the configuration authorization parameters can also be predetermined in the communication protocol. When the indication information includes the COT identifier, the terminal may obtain the correspondence between the uplink and downlink structure configuration information and the configuration authorization parameter and the corresponding identifier of the uplink frame structure configuration information from the communication protocol, and according to the COT identifier indicated by the access network device And the obtained information determines the first configuration authorization parameter, and sends the uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
例如,如图5c所示,上下行结构配置信息1与GF参数1对应,上下行结构配置信息2与GF参数2对应,当COT的上下行结构配置信息为上下行结构配置信息1,终端接收到的指示信息包括上下行结构配置信息1的标识时,终端可以根据图5c所示对应关系,选择在GF参数1指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。For example, as shown in FIG. 5c, uplink and downlink structure configuration information 1 corresponds to GF parameter 1, and uplink and downlink structure configuration information 2 corresponds to GF parameter 2. When the COT uplink and downlink structure configuration information is uplink and downlink structure configuration information 1, the terminal receives When the received indication information includes the identifier of the uplink and downlink structure configuration information 1, the terminal may choose to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the GF parameter 1 according to the correspondence shown in FIG. 5c.
需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,在上下行结构配置信息与配置授权参数间的对应关系中一种上下行结构配置信息可以对应多套配置授权参数,当终端根据COT的标识确定出多套与COT的上下行结构配置信息对应的配置授权参数时,终端可以从多套配置授权参数中选择索引号最小的配置授权参数作为第一配置授权参数,或者,从多套配置授权参数中选择索引号最大的配置授权参数作为第一配置授权参数,或者,从多套配置授权参数中选择最先用于发送上行数据的时间单元所对应的配置授权参数作为第一配置授权参数,不予限制。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, in the correspondence between the uplink and downlink structure configuration information and the configuration authorization parameter, one type of uplink and downlink structure configuration information may correspond to multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters. When the terminal determines the COT identifier When there are multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters corresponding to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream structures of COT, the terminal may select the configuration authorization parameter with the smallest index number from the multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters as the first configuration authorization parameter, or, from multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters Select the configuration authorization parameter with the largest index number as the first configuration authorization parameter, or select the configuration authorization parameter corresponding to the time unit that is used first to send uplink data from multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters as the first configuration authorization parameter. limit.
进一步的,在步骤405之后,所述方法还可以包括:接入网设备可以在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上接收上行数据。Further, after step 405, the method may further include: the access network device may receive the uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
需要说明的是,在图4所示方法中,不限定通过DCI向终端发送指示信息,还可以新 增一条信令,将指示信息包括在该新增的信令中发送给终端,不予限制。It should be noted that, in the method shown in FIG. 4, it is not limited to send the indication information to the terminal through DCI, and a new signaling can be added, and the indication information is included in the newly added signaling and sent to the terminal without restriction. .
基于图4所示方法,接入网设备可以从多套配置授权参数中选择出第一配置授权参数,第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同,接入网设备将选择出的第一配置授权参数指示给终端,以便终端在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据,以避免与接入网设备发送下行数据的时间点冲突。Based on the method shown in FIG. 4, the access network device may select the first configuration authorization parameter from multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters. The time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT. The network access device indicates the selected first configuration authorization parameter to the terminal, so that the terminal sends uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter, to avoid conflict with the time point at which the access network device sends downlink data.
在又一种可行方案,若接入网设备配置给终端的配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间时间单元的传输方式存在冲突,则接入网设备还可以确定终端在该配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,第二时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同,以避开与COT期间发送下行数据的时间单元的冲突。具体的,该实现过程如图6所示。In yet another feasible solution, if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device to the terminal conflicts with the transmission method of the time unit during the COT, the access network device may also determine the The uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the first time unit. The second time unit is different from the time unit used to send the downlink data during the COT to avoid conflict with the time unit used to send the downlink data during the COT. Specifically, the implementation process is shown in FIG. 6.
图6为本申请实施例提供的又一种资源配置方法,如图6所示,该方法可以包括:FIG. 6 is another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 6, the method may include:
步骤601:接入网设备配置终端的配置授权参数。Step 601: The access network device configures the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal.
其中,接入网设备可以为图2所示系统中的接入网设备。终端可以为图2所示系统中的任一终端。The access network device may be the access network device in the system shown in FIG. 2. The terminal may be any terminal in the system shown in FIG. 2.
本申请实施例中,接入网设备配置给终端的授权参数可以包括一套配置授权参数,也可以包括至少两套配置授权参数。其中,配置授权参数的相关描述以及接入网设备配置终端的配置授权参数的过程可参照步骤401中所述,不再赘述。In the embodiment of the present application, the authorization parameter configured by the access network device to the terminal may include one set of configuration authorization parameters, or may include at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters. For the related description of the configuration authorization parameter and the process of configuring the terminal's configuration authorization parameter by the access network device, reference may be made to step 401, which will not be repeated here.
步骤602:接入网设备确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息。Step 602: The access network device determines the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT.
其中,COT的上下行帧结构配置信息的相关描述以及步骤602的执行过程可参照步骤402所述,不再赘述。For the relevant description of the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and the execution process of step 602, reference may be made to step 402, which will not be repeated here.
步骤603:接入网设备根据COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及接入网设备配置给终端的配置授权参数,确定终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。Step 603: The access network device determines that the terminal sends the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit according to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT and the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device for the terminal.
其中,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,K为正整数。即K为大于或等于1的整数。The start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and K is a positive integer. That is, K is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
其中,第一时间单元为第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元,第一配置授权参数包括在接入网设备配置给终端的配置授权参数中,第一时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元相同。第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元与COT期间发送下行数据的时间单元不同,如:COT期间与第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元对应的时间单元不用于发送下行数据,即COT期间与第二时间单元对应的时间单元为:用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元。The first time unit is a time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter. The first configuration authorization parameter is included in the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device to the terminal. The first time unit is used for sending downlink data during the COT. The time unit is the same. The second time unit after the first time unit is different from the time unit during which the downlink data is sent during the COT. For example, the time unit corresponding to the second time unit after the first time unit during the COT is not used to send downlink data. The time unit corresponding to the second time unit is: a time unit for sending uplink data or a flexibly configured time unit.
示例性的,若步骤601中,接入网设备为终端仅配置一套配置授权参数,则第一配置授权参数即为该套配置授权参数;若步骤601中,接入网设备配置给终端至少两套配置授权参数,则第一配置授权参数为该至少两套配置授权参数中的任一套配置授权参数,如:可以为至少两套配置授权参数中索引号最大的配置授权参数,还可以为至少两套配置授权参数中索引号最小的配置授权参数,也可以为至少两套配置授权参数中最先用于发送上行数据的时间单元对应的配置授权参数等,不予限制。Exemplarily, if in step 601, the access network device configures only one set of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal, the first configuration authorization parameter is the set of configuration authorization parameters; if in step 601, the access network device is configured for the terminal at least Two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the first configuration authorization parameter is any one of the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, such as: the configuration authorization parameter with the largest index number among the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, or It is the configuration authorization parameter with the smallest index number among the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, and may also be the configuration authorization parameter corresponding to the time unit that is the first to be used to send the uplink data among the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, without limitation.
例如,如图7a所示,接入网设备配置给终端一套配置授权参数:GF参数1,GF参数1的传输周期为1个slot,1个slot包括14个符号:符号0~符号13,接入网设备占用的COT包括多个传输周期,每个传输周期为1个slot,每个slot包括14个符号:符号0~符 号13。如图7a所示,GF参数1指示的用于发送上行数据的时间单元为:符号6,且GF参数1指示的符号6对应COT期间的符号0,COT期间的符号0用于发送下行数据,终端不能在GF参数1指示的时间单元发送上行数据,鉴于此,接入网设备确定COT期间首次不用于发送下行数据的符号:符号4或符号5,确定终端在该符号4或符号5对应的符号上发送上行数据,即在GF参数指示的符号6之后的第3符号(符号9)或第4个符号(符号10)上发送上行数据,以避开与接入网设备发送下行数据的时间冲突。For example, as shown in FIG. 7a, the access network device is configured with a set of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal: GF parameter 1, the transmission period of GF parameter 1 is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 symbols: symbol 0 to symbol 13, The COT occupied by the access network equipment includes multiple transmission cycles, each transmission cycle is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 symbols: symbol 0 to symbol 13. As shown in FIG. 7a, the time unit for sending uplink data indicated by GF parameter 1 is: symbol 6, and symbol 6 indicated by GF parameter 1 corresponds to symbol 0 during COT, and symbol 0 during COT is used to transmit downlink data, The terminal cannot send uplink data in the time unit indicated by GF parameter 1. In view of this, the access network device determines the symbol that is not used for sending downlink data for the first time during COT: symbol 4 or symbol 5, and determines that the terminal corresponds to the symbol 4 or symbol 5 The uplink data is sent on the symbol, that is, the uplink data is sent on the third symbol (symbol 9) or the fourth symbol (symbol 10) after the symbol 6 indicated by the GF parameter, so as to avoid the time for sending the downlink data with the access network device conflict.
如图7b所示,接入网设备配置给终端两套配置授权参数:GF参数1和GF参数2,每套GF参数的传输周期为1个slot,1个slot包括14个符号:符号0~符号13,接入网设备占用的COT包括多个传输周期,每个传输周期为1个slot,每个slot包括14个符号:符号0~符号13。如图7b所示,为避开与接入网设备发送下行数据的时间冲突,接入网设备可以从GF参数1以及GF参数2中选择出GF参数2,将GF参数2指示的符号6延迟4个符号,在符号6之后的第4个符号上发送上行数据。As shown in Figure 7b, the access network device is configured with two sets of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal: GF parameter 1 and GF parameter 2, the transmission period of each set of GF parameters is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 symbols: symbols 0~ Symbol 13, the COT occupied by the access network equipment includes multiple transmission cycles, each transmission cycle is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 symbols: symbol 0 to symbol 13. As shown in FIG. 7b, in order to avoid the time conflict with the access network device sending downlink data, the access network device may select GF parameter 2 from GF parameter 1 and GF parameter 2, and delay the symbol 6 indicated by GF parameter 2 For 4 symbols, uplink data is sent on the 4th symbol after symbol 6.
步骤604:接入网设备在COT期间向终端发送DCI;其中,DCI包括指示信息,该指示信息用于指示终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。Step 604: The access network device sends DCI to the terminal during the COT; wherein, the DCI includes indication information used to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit.
在一种示例中,若步骤601中,接入网设备为终端仅配置一套配置授权参数,则该指示信息可以包括K。在又一种示例中,若步骤601中,接入网设备配置给终端至少两套配置授权参数,则第一配置授权参数可以包括K以及第一配置授权参数的标识。In an example, if the access network device configures only one set of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal in step 601, the indication information may include K. In yet another example, if the access network device configures the terminal with at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters in step 601, the first configuration authorization parameter may include K and the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
步骤605:终端接收接入网设备在COT期间发送的DCI,根据DCI中的指示信息,在第一配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。Step 605: The terminal receives the DCI sent by the access network device during the COT, and sends uplink data on a second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the indication information in the DCI.
其中,当指示信息包括K时,终端可以直接根据K,在第一配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据;Wherein, when the indication information includes K, the terminal may directly send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to K;
当指示信息包括K以及第一配置授权参数的标识时,终端可以先根据第一配置授权参数的标识从至少两套配置授权参数中确定第一配置授权参数,然后,再根据K在第一配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。When the indication information includes K and the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter, the terminal may first determine the first configuration authorization parameter from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter, and then, in the first configuration according to K The uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the authorization parameter.
进一步的,在步骤605之后,所述方法还可以包括:接入网设备在第一配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上接收上行数据。Further, after step 605, the method may further include: the access network device receiving the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
需要说明的是,在图6所示方法中,不限定通过DCI向终端发送指示信息,还可以新增一条信令,将指示信息包括在该新增的信令中发送给终端,不予限制。It should be noted that, in the method shown in FIG. 6, the indication information is not limited to be sent to the terminal through DCI, and a new signaling can be added, and the indication information is included in the newly added signaling and sent to the terminal without restriction. .
此外,在图6所示方法中,当COT期间包括多个传输周期,且每个传输周期内的配置相同时,接入网设备只需要确定一个K值,终端在每个发送周期内根据该K值,在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后、与配置授权参数指示的时间单元间隔K个符号的时间单元上发送上行数据。当COT期间包括多个传输周期,且每个传输周期内的配置不同时,针对不同的传输周期,可以存在不同的K值,此时,接入网设备可以将不同传输周期对应的K发送给终端,终端在不同发送周期内,根据不同K发送上行数据。例如,如图7c所示,接入网设备配置给终端的GF参数为:GF参数1,GF参数1的传输周期为1个slot,1个slot包括14个符号:符号0~符号13,接入网设备占用的COT包括两个传输周期,每个传输周期为1个slot,每个slot包括14个符号:符号0~符号13。如图7c所示,为避开与接入网设备发送下行数据的时间冲突,在COT的第一个传输周期内,可以将用于发送上行数据的符号延时6个符号,在COT的第二个时间周期内,可以将用于发送上行数据的符 号延迟3个符号,此时,接入网设备可以在COT的第一个周期向终端指示K为6,在COT的第二个传输周期向终端指示K为3,使得终端在第一个时隙内的符号12(对应COT内第一时隙的符号6)上发送上行数据,在第二时隙内的符号9(对应COT内第一时隙的符号3)上发送上行数据。In addition, in the method shown in FIG. 6, when the COT period includes multiple transmission periods and the configuration in each transmission period is the same, the access network device only needs to determine a K value, and the terminal The K value is to send the uplink data after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and at a time interval of K symbols from the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter. When the COT period includes multiple transmission cycles, and the configuration in each transmission cycle is different, different K values may exist for different transmission cycles. At this time, the access network device may send K corresponding to different transmission cycles to Terminal, the terminal sends uplink data according to different K in different transmission cycles. For example, as shown in FIG. 7c, the GF parameters configured by the access network device to the terminal are: GF parameter 1, the transmission period of GF parameter 1 is 1 slot, and one slot includes 14 symbols: symbol 0 to symbol 13, then The COT occupied by the network access device includes two transmission cycles, each transmission cycle is 1 slot, and each slot includes 14 symbols: symbol 0 to symbol 13. As shown in Figure 7c, in order to avoid the time conflict with the access network device sending downlink data, in the first transmission period of COT, the symbol used to send the upstream data can be delayed by 6 symbols. Within two time periods, the symbol used to send upstream data can be delayed by 3 symbols. At this time, the access network device can indicate to the terminal that K is 6 in the first period of the COT, and in the second transmission period of the COT Instruct the terminal that K is 3, so that the terminal sends uplink data on symbol 12 in the first time slot (corresponding to symbol 6 in the first time slot in COT), and symbol 9 in the second time slot (corresponding to the Uplink data is sent on symbol 3) of a slot.
基于图6所示方法,接入网设备可以确定第一时间单元之后、与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同的第二时间单元,并将第二时间单元与第一时间单元间隔的符号数指示给终端,以便终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,避免与接入网设备发送下行数据的时间点冲突。Based on the method shown in FIG. 6, the access network device may determine a second time unit after the first time unit, which is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, and separate the second time unit from the first time unit. The number of symbols is indicated to the terminal, so that the terminal sends uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit to avoid conflict with the time point at which the access network device sends downlink data.
上述图4或图6所示方式描述了在接入网设备为终端配置多套配置授权参数的情况下,终端如何发送上行数据的方法。需要说明的是,当接入网设备为终端配置多套配置授权参数时,除采用上述图4或图6所示方式发送上行数据之外,终端还可以采用下述方式发送上行数据:The manner shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 6 above describes how the terminal sends uplink data when the access network device configures multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal. It should be noted that when the access network device configures multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters for the terminal, in addition to sending the uplink data in the manner shown in FIG. 4 or FIG. 6 above, the terminal may also send the uplink data in the following manner:
对每套配置授权参数,终端确定每套配置授权参数终端指示的时间单元是否对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,从至少两套配置授权参数中找出指示的时间单元未对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元的一些配置授权参数,在这些配置授权参数指示的时间单元中的任一时间单元上发送上行数据。For each set of configuration authorization parameters, the terminal determines whether the time unit indicated by each set of authorization parameters corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink data during the COT, and finds out that the indicated time unit does not correspond to the COT period from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters Some configuration authorization parameters of time units used to send downlink data, and uplink data is sent on any time unit indicated by these configuration authorization parameters.
相对的,接入网设备也可以确定每套配置授权参数终端指示的时间单元是否对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,从至少两套配置授权参数中找出指示的时间单元未对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元的一些配置授权参数,在这些配置授权参数指示的时间单元上接收上行数据。In contrast, the access network device can also determine whether the time unit indicated by each set of configuration authorization parameters corresponds to the time unit used to send downlink data during the COT, and find out that the indicated time unit does not correspond to the COT from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters During this period, some configuration authorization parameters of the time unit used to send downlink data are received, and uplink data is received on the time unit indicated by these configuration authorization parameters.
在又一种可行方案,还可以预先配置下述第一延时规则:在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔M个符号,其中,M可以为配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在的传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数,M为正整数。当终端发送上行数据时,可以遵从该第一延时规则,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M,根据获得的M在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,以避开与COT期间发送下行数据的时间单元的冲突。在接入网设备侧,接入网设备也可以遵循该第一延迟规则,在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上接收上行数据。具体的,该实现过程如图8所示。In yet another feasible solution, the following first delay rule may also be pre-configured: uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, and the start symbol of the second time unit and the first The starting symbols of a time unit are separated by M symbols, where M can be the number of symbols between the starting symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the starting symbol of the COT, M It is a positive integer. When the terminal sends uplink data, it can follow the first delay rule to obtain the number M of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of the COT, according to The obtained M sends the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter to avoid conflict with the time unit that sends the downlink data during the COT. On the access network device side, the access network device may also follow the first delay rule and receive uplink data on a second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter. Specifically, the implementation process is shown in FIG. 8.
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种资源配置方法,如图8所示,该方法可以包括:FIG. 8 is another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 8, the method may include:
步骤801:接入网设备配置终端的配置授权参数。Step 801: The access network device configures the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal.
其中,步骤801可参照步骤401所述,不再赘述。For step 801, reference may be made to step 401, which will not be repeated here.
步骤802:接入网设备确定COT的上下行帧结构配置信息。Step 802: The access network device determines the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT.
其中,COT的上下行帧结构配置信息的相关描述以及接入网设备确定COT的上下行帧结构配置信息可参照步骤402所述,不再赘述。For the relevant description of the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and the determination of the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT by the access network device, reference may be made to step 402, which is not repeated here.
步骤803:终端获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数以及接入网设备确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息。Step 803: The terminal obtains the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT determined by the access network device.
其中,终端获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数,可以包括:终端向接入网设备发送 RRC建立请求,接入网设备接收RRC建立请求,向终端发送RRC消息,终端接收RRC消息,从RRC消息中获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数;其中,RRC建立请求用于请求建立RRC连接;RRC消息可以包括接入网设备配置给终端的配置授权参数。或者,终端通过RRC消息和DCI指示结合的方式的获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数,如:终端先接收接入网设备发送的包括多套配置授权参数的RRC消息,后续,终端还可以接收接入网设备通过DCI发送的激活指令,根据激活指令从RRC消息包括的配置授权参数中获取两套配置授权参数;其中,激活指令可以用于指示激活哪些配置授权参数。The terminal obtains the configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device, which may include: the terminal sends an RRC establishment request to the access network device, the access network device receives the RRC establishment request, sends an RRC message to the terminal, the terminal receives the RRC message, and receives the RRC message from the RRC The configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device is obtained in the message; wherein, the RRC establishment request is used to request establishment of the RRC connection; the RRC message may include the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device to the terminal. Or, the terminal obtains the configuration authorization parameters of the access network device configuration by combining the RRC message and the DCI indication, for example, the terminal first receives the RRC message including multiple sets of configuration authorization parameters sent by the access network device, and subsequently, the terminal can also Receive an activation instruction sent by the access network device through DCI, and obtain two sets of configuration authorization parameters from the configuration authorization parameters included in the RRC message according to the activation instruction; where the activation instruction can be used to indicate which configuration authorization parameters are activated.
其中,终端获取接入网设备确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,可以包括:Wherein, the terminal acquiring configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT determined by the access network device may include:
接入网设备确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,在COT期间向终端发送DCI,其中,DCI中包括COT的上下行帧结构配置信息。The access network device determines the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, and sends DCI to the terminal during the COT, where the DCI includes the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT.
步骤804:终端根据配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M,根据获得的M在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。Step 804: The terminal obtains the number M of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT according to the configuration authorization parameter and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT , Sending uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the obtained M.
其中,配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在的传输单元可以为一个或多个时隙,也可以为一个或者多个子帧,还可以为一帧或多帧,不予限制。时间单元的时间长度小于或等于传输单元的时间长度。第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔M个符号,其中,M为整数。The transmission unit in which the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located may be one or more time slots, one or more subframes, or one or more frames, which is not limited. The time length of the time unit is less than or equal to the time length of the transmission unit. The start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by M symbols, where M is an integer.
示例性的,终端根据配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M,可以包括:Exemplarily, the terminal obtains the number of symbols spaced between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT according to the configuration authorization parameter and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT M, can include:
终端按照第一延时规则,根据配置授权参数确定授权配置参数指示的第一时间单元所在的传输单元以及传输单元的起始符号,根据COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,确定COT的起始符号;计算得到传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M。According to the first delay rule, the terminal determines the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the authorization configuration parameter is located and the start symbol of the transmission unit according to the configuration authorization parameter, and determines the start symbol of the COT according to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT ; Calculate the number of symbols M between the start symbol of the transmission unit and the start symbol of COT.
其中,第一延时规则可以预先存储在接入网设备和终端上;或者,第一延时规则由接入网设备设置,并通过静态或半静态方式配置给终端,如:将第一延时规则携带在RRC消息中发送给终端等。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,不限定第一延时规则中规定的M为时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数,M还可以有其他取值,如:M可以为一固定值。Among them, the first delay rule may be stored in advance on the access network device and the terminal; or, the first delay rule is set by the access network device and configured to the terminal in a static or semi-static manner, such as: The time rule is carried in the RRC message and sent to the terminal. It should be noted that in the embodiment of the present application, M defined in the first delay rule is not limited to the number of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the time unit is located and the start symbol of the COT, M can also be There are other values, such as: M can be a fixed value.
例如,如图9所示,接入网设备配置给终端的配置授权参数为:GF参数1,GF参数1指示的用于发送上行数据的符号为符号6,符号6所在时隙的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔6个符号,则终端可以在符号6之后的第6个符号上发送上行数据。For example, as shown in FIG. 9, the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device to the terminal is: GF parameter 1, the symbol for sending uplink data indicated by GF parameter 1 is symbol 6, and the start symbol of the time slot where symbol 6 is located 6 symbols apart from the start symbol of COT, the terminal can send uplink data on the sixth symbol after symbol 6.
步骤805:接入网设备根据配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M,根据获得M在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上接收上行数据。Step 805: The access network device obtains the symbol of the interval between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT according to the configuration authorization parameter and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT The number M, according to the obtained M, receives the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
其中,接入网设备根据配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M的过程可参照步骤804所述,不再赘述。The access network device obtains the number of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT are based on the configuration authorization parameter and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT The process of counting M can refer to the description in step 804, and will not be repeated here.
需要说明的是,终端按照第一预设规则发送上行数据的方式的优先级低于图4或图6对应的实施例中终端根据接入网设备的DCI指示发送上行数据的优先级,在第一预设规则以及接入网设备通过DCI指示给终端用于发送上行数据的时间单元并存的情况下,若终端根据第一预设规则确定的第二时间单元与接入网设备通过DCI通知给终端的时间单元不同时,终端按照DCI的指示发送上行数据。It should be noted that the priority of the method for the terminal to send uplink data according to the first preset rule is lower than the priority for the terminal to send uplink data according to the DCI indication of the access network device in the embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4 or FIG. 6. A preset rule and when the access network device indicates to the terminal through DCI that the time unit for sending uplink data coexists, if the terminal determines the second time unit according to the first preset rule and the access network device via DCI When the time unit of the terminal is different, the terminal sends uplink data according to the DCI instruction.
基于图8所示方法,终端可以获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在的传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M,根据获得的M在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,同时,接入网设备也获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在的传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M,根据M在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上接收上行数据,避免终端发送上行数据的时间点与接入网设备发送下行数据的时间点冲突。Based on the method shown in FIG. 8, the terminal may obtain the number M of symbols between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of the COT, and configure the authorization according to the obtained M The uplink data is sent on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the parameter, and at the same time, the access network device also obtains the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is located and the start symbol of COT The number of symbols of the interval M, according to M, to receive the uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, to avoid the time point when the terminal sends the uplink data and the time when the access network device sends the downlink data Point conflict.
在另一种可行方案,终端还可以根据接入网设备为其配置的配置授权参数发送上行数据,如:若配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,则不在配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据,而是在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的第N个时间单元上发送上行数据,其中,N为正整数,第N个时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同,反之,若配置授权参数指示的时间单元未对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,则终端在时间单元上发送上行数据,以避开与COT期间发送下行数据的时间单元的冲突。具体的,该实现过程如图10所示。In another feasible solution, the terminal may also send uplink data according to the configuration authorization parameter configured for the access network device, for example, if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, it is not The uplink data is sent on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, but the uplink data is sent on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter, where N is a positive integer, and the Nth time unit is used during COT The time unit for sending downlink data is different. Conversely, if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter does not correspond to the time unit for sending downlink data during the COT, the terminal sends uplink data on the time unit to avoid sending downlink data during the COT. Conflict of time units of data. Specifically, the implementation process is shown in FIG. 10.
图10为本申请实施例提供的又一种资源配置方法,如图10所示,该方法可以包括:FIG. 10 is another resource configuration method provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 10, the method may include:
步骤1001:接入网设备配置终端的配置授权参数。Step 1001: The access network device configures the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal.
其中,步骤1001可参照步骤801所述,不再赘述。For step 1001, reference may be made to step 801, and details are not described again.
步骤1002:接入网设备确定COT的上下行帧结构配置信息。Step 1002: The access network device determines the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frames of the COT.
其中,步骤1002可参照步骤802所述,不再赘述。For step 1002, reference may be made to step 802, and details are not described again.
步骤1003:终端获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数以及接入网设备确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息。Step 1003: The terminal obtains the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device and the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT determined by the access network device.
其中,步骤1003可参照步骤803所述,不再赘述。Wherein, for step 1003, reference may be made to step 803, which will not be repeated here.
步骤1004:终端确定配置授权参数指示的时间单元是否对应所述COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,若对应,则执行步骤1005-步骤1006;反之,则执行步骤1007-步骤1008。Step 1004: The terminal determines whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT. If it corresponds, step 1005 to step 1006 are performed; otherwise, step 1007 to step 1008 are performed.
步骤1005:终端在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的第N个时间单元上发送上行数据;其中,第N个时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元相同。Step 1005: The terminal sends the uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter; where the Nth time unit corresponds to the same time unit used for sending the uplink data during the COT or the flexibly configured time unit.
步骤1006:接入网设备在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的第N个时间单元上接收上行数据。Step 1006: The access network device receives the uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
其中,在接入网设备执行步骤1006之前,接入网设备也可以确定配置授权参数指示的时间单元是否对应所述COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,在确定配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应所述COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元的情况下,执行步骤1006,反之,则执行步骤1008。Before the access network device performs step 1006, the access network device may also determine whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT, and determine the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter In the case of corresponding to the time unit for sending downlink data during the COT, step 1006 is executed, otherwise, step 1008 is executed.
步骤1007:终端在配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。Step 1007: The terminal sends uplink data on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
步骤1008:接入网设备在配置授权参数指示的时间单元上接收上行数据。Step 1008: The access network device receives the uplink data on the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter.
示例性的,本申请实施例中,第N个时间单元可以为配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后、首次出现的与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同的时间单元,该第N个时间单元可以对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元。Exemplarily, in the embodiment of the present application, the Nth time unit may be a time unit that is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT after the time unit indicated by the authorization parameter is configured for the first time, and the Nth time unit The unit may correspond to a time unit for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit.
例如,如图11所示,接入网设备配置给终端的配置授权参数为:GF参数1,GF参数1指示的用于发送上行数据的符号为符号6,符号6对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的符号,则终端在符号6之后、与COT期间最先出现的灵活配置的符号对应的符号(如图11中的符号9)上发送上行数据,或者,在符号6之后、与COT期间最先出现的用于发送上行数据的符号对应的符号(如图11中的符号10)上发送上行数据。For example, as shown in FIG. 11, the configuration authorization parameter configured by the access network device to the terminal is: GF parameter 1, and the symbol for sending uplink data indicated by GF parameter 1 is symbol 6, and symbol 6 corresponds to transmitting downlink during the COT For the symbol of data, the terminal sends the uplink data after the symbol 6, corresponding to the first flexibly configured symbol (such as symbol 9 in FIG. 11) during the COT, or after the symbol 6, the most The uplink data is sent on the symbol corresponding to the symbol for sending uplink data that appears first (such as symbol 10 in FIG. 11).
基于图10所示方法,终端可以确定配置授权参数指示的时间单元是否对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,若对应,则不在时间单元上发送上行数据,而是在时间单元之后、与COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元相同的第N个时间单元上发送上行数据;反之,则终端在时间单元上发送上行数据,如此,可以避免终端发送上行数据的时间点与接入网设备发送下行数据的时间点冲突。Based on the method shown in FIG. 10, the terminal can determine whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT. If it corresponds, the uplink data is not sent on the time unit, but after the time unit, and During the COT, the time unit for sending uplink data or the Nth time unit with the same flexibly configured time unit sends uplink data; otherwise, the terminal sends uplink data on the time unit, so that the time for the terminal to send uplink data can be avoided The point conflicts with the point in time when the access network device sends downlink data.
上述主要从各个节点之间交互的角度对本申请实施例提供的方案进行了介绍。可以理解的是,各个节点,例如接入网设备、终端为了实现上述功能,其包含了执行各个功能相应的硬件结构和/或软件模块。本领域技术人员应该很容易意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的算法S,本申请能够以硬件或硬件和计算机软件的结合形式来实现。某个功能究竟以硬件还是计算机软件驱动硬件的方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。The above mainly introduces the solutions provided by the embodiments of the present application from the perspective of interaction between various nodes. It can be understood that, in order to realize the above-mentioned functions, each node, such as an access network device and a terminal, includes a hardware structure and/or a software module corresponding to each function. Those skilled in the art should easily realize that, in conjunction with the example algorithms S described in the embodiments disclosed herein, the present application can be implemented in the form of hardware or a combination of hardware and computer software. Whether a function is performed by hardware or computer software driven hardware depends on the specific application of the technical solution and design constraints. Professional technicians can use different methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对接入网设备、终端进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。The embodiments of the present application may divide the access network devices and terminals according to the above method examples. For example, each function module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module . The above integrated modules can be implemented in the form of hardware or software function modules. It should be noted that the division of the modules in the embodiments of the present application is schematic, and is only a division of logical functions. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner.
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置120的结构示意图。本实施例所涉及的通信装置可以为接入网设备或者接入网设备中的芯片或片上系统。该通信装置可以用于执行上述方法实施例中接入网设备的功能。一种可实现方式中,如图12所示,该通信装置可以包括:处理单元1201以及发送单元1202;还可以包括:接收单元1203。FIG. 12 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 120 according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device involved in this embodiment may be an access network device or a chip or a system-on-chip in the access network device. The communication device may be used to perform the functions of the access network device in the above method embodiments. In a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 12, the communication device may include: a processing unit 1201 and a sending unit 1202; and may further include: a receiving unit 1203.
在一种示例中,处理单元1201,用于配置终端的至少两套配置授权参数,并在确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息之后,根据确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及至少两套配置授权参数,从至少两套配置授权参数中选择出第一配置授权参数;其中,第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同。例如,处理单元1201可以用于支持通信装置120执行步骤401、步骤402以及步骤403。In an example, the processing unit 1201 is configured to configure at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, and after determining the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT, according to the determined upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT and at least Two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the first configuration authorization parameter is selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters; wherein, the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT. For example, the processing unit 1201 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform step 401, step 402, and step 403.
发送单元1202,用于在COT期间向终端发送包括指示信息的DCI;其中,指示信息用于指示终端在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。例如,发送单元1202可以用于支持通信装置120执行步骤404。The sending unit 1202 is configured to send DCI including indication information to the terminal during the COT; wherein, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter. For example, the sending unit 1202 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform step 404.
在又一种示例中,处理单元1201,用于配置终端的、用于指示发送上行数据的时间单 元配置授权参数,并在确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息或,根据COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及配置的配置授权参数,确定终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据;其中,第一时间单元为第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元,第一配置授权参数为接入网设备配置的终端的配置授权参数中的一套配置授权参数;第二时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元,指示信息包括在DCI中。例如,处理单元1201可以用于支持通信装置120执行步骤601、步骤602以及步骤603。In yet another example, the processing unit 1201 is configured to configure a terminal and configure a time unit for sending uplink data to configure authorization parameters, and determine configuration information of the COT and the uplink and downlink frame structure of the COT or, according to the uplink and downlink of the COT The frame structure configuration information and the configured configuration authorization parameters determine that the terminal sends uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit; where the first time unit is the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter, and the first configuration authorization The parameter is a set of configuration authorization parameters among the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal configured by the access network device; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit, and the indication information is included in the DCI. For example, the processing unit 1201 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform step 601, step 602, and step 603.
发送单元1202,用于向终端发送用于指示终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据的指示信息。例如,发送单元1202可以用于支持通信装置120执行步骤604。The sending unit 1202 is configured to send to the terminal instruction information for instructing the terminal to send uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit. For example, the sending unit 1202 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform step 604.
在又一种示例中,处理单元1201,用于配置终端的配置授权参数,在接入网设备确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息后,根据终端的配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M。例如,处理单元1201可以用于支持通信装置120执行步骤801、步骤802。In yet another example, the processing unit 1201 is configured to configure the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, and after the access network device determines the configuration information of the COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, according to the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal and the upstream and downstream frames of the COT Structure configuration information to obtain the number M of symbols spaced between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT. For example, the processing unit 1201 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform steps 801 and 802.
接收单元1203,用于根据获得的M,在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上接收上行数据,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔M个符号,M为正整数。例如,接收单元1203可以用于支持通信装置120执行步骤805。The receiving unit 1203 is configured to receive uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the obtained M, and the start symbol of the second time unit is spaced from the start symbol of the first time unit M symbols, M is a positive integer. For example, the receiving unit 1203 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform step 805.
在再一种示例中,处理单元1201,用于配置终端的配置授权参数,确定COT以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息;例如,处理单元1201可以用于支持通信装置120执行步骤1001、步骤1002。In yet another example, the processing unit 1201 is configured to configure the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal and determine the configuration information of the COT and the uplink and downlink frame structure of the COT; for example, the processing unit 1201 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform steps 1001 and 1002 .
接收单元1203,用于若配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,则在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的第N个时间单元上接收上行数据;其中,第N个时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元相同,N为正整数。例如,处理单元1201可以用于支持通信装置120执行步骤801、步骤802。例如,接收单元1203可以用于支持通信装置120执行步骤1006。The receiving unit 1203 is configured to receive uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT; The N time units correspond to the same time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or the time unit flexibly configured, and N is a positive integer. For example, the processing unit 1201 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform steps 801 and 802. For example, the receiving unit 1203 may be used to support the communication device 120 to perform step 1006.
本申请实施例提供的通信装置120,可以执行上述图4或图6或图8或图10对应的方法实施例中接入网设备的动作,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The communication device 120 provided by the embodiment of the present application can perform the actions of the access network device in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4 or FIG. 6 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 10, and the implementation principles and technical effects are similar, which will not be repeated here. .
作为又一种可实现方式,图12所示通信装置120可以包括:处理模块和通信模块。处理模块可以集成处理单元1201的功能,通信模块可以集成发送单元1202和接收单元1203的功能。处理模块1201用于对通信装置120的动作进行控制管理,通信模块用于支持通信装置120与其他网络实体的通信。进一步的,图12所示通信装置120还可以包括存储模块,用于存储通信装置120的程序代码和数据。As another implementable manner, the communication device 120 shown in FIG. 12 may include: a processing module and a communication module. The processing module may integrate the functions of the processing unit 1201, and the communication module may integrate the functions of the sending unit 1202 and the receiving unit 1203. The processing module 1201 is used to control and manage the operation of the communication device 120, and the communication module is used to support communication between the communication device 120 and other network entities. Further, the communication device 120 shown in FIG. 12 may further include a storage module for storing program codes and data of the communication device 120.
其中,处理模块可以是处理器或控制器。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块可以是收发电路或通信接口等。存储模块可以是存储器。当处理模块为处理器,通信模块为通信接口,存储模块为存储器时,图12所示通信装置120可以为图3所示通信装置。The processing module may be a processor or a controller. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the present application. The processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of DSP and microprocessor, and so on. The communication module may be a transceiver circuit or a communication interface. The storage module may be a memory. When the processing module is a processor, the communication module is a communication interface, and the storage module is a memory, the communication device 120 shown in FIG. 12 may be the communication device shown in FIG. 3.
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置130的结构示意图。本实施例所涉及的通信装置可以为终端或者终端中的芯片或片上系统。该通信装置可以用于执行上述方法实施 例中终端的功能。一种可实现方式中,如图13所示,该通信装置可以包括:处理单元1301、发送单元1302以及接收单元1303。13 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device 130 according to an embodiment of the present application. The communication device involved in this embodiment may be a terminal or a chip or system on chip in the terminal. The communication device may be used to perform the functions of the terminal in the above method embodiments. In a possible implementation manner, as shown in FIG. 13, the communication device may include: a processing unit 1301, a sending unit 1302, and a receiving unit 1303.
在一种示例中,接收单元1303,用于接收接入网设备在COT期间发送的用于指示终端在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据的指示信息,该指示信息包括在DCI中,第一配置授权参数为接入网设备为终端配置的至少两套配置授权参数中选择出的配置授权参数,第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同。例如,接收单元1303可以用于支持通信装置130执行步骤405。In an example, the receiving unit 1303 is configured to receive indication information sent by the access network device during the COT to instruct the terminal to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter, and the indication information is included in the DCI The first configuration authorization parameter is a configuration authorization parameter selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device for the terminal, the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter and the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT different. For example, the receiving unit 1303 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 405.
发送单元1302,用于根据指示信息,在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。例如,发送单元1302可以用于支持通信装置130执行步骤405。The sending unit 1302 is configured to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the indication information. For example, the sending unit 1302 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 405.
在又一种示例中,接收单元1303,用于接收接入网设备在COT期间发送的包括指示信息的DCI;其中,指示信息用于指示终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据;第二时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元,即第二时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同。例如,接收单元1303可以用于支持通信装置130执行步骤605。In yet another example, the receiving unit 1303 is configured to receive DCI including indication information sent by the access network device during the COT; wherein, the indication information is used to instruct the terminal to send on a second time unit after the first time unit Uplink data; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit, that is, the second time unit is different from the time unit for sending downlink data during the COT. For example, the receiving unit 1303 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 605.
发送单元1302,用于根据指示信息,在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。例如,发送单元1302可以用于支持通信装置130执行步骤605。The sending unit 1302 is configured to send uplink data on a second time unit after the first time unit according to the instruction information. For example, the sending unit 1302 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 605.
在又一种示例中,处理单元1301,用于获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数以及接入网设备确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,根据配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,获得配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元所在传输单元的起始符号与COT的起始符号之间间隔的符号的个数M。例如,处理单元1301可以用于支持通信装置130执行步骤803、步骤804。In yet another example, the processing unit 1301 is configured to obtain configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device and configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structures of the COT determined by the access network device, according to the configuration authorization parameters and upstream and downstream frame structures of the COT Configuration information to obtain the number M of symbols spaced between the start symbol of the transmission unit where the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter and the start symbol of the COT. For example, the processing unit 1301 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform steps 803 and 804.
发送单元1302,根据获得的M,在配置授权参数指示的第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据,第二时间单元的起始符号与第一时间单元的起始符号间隔M个符号,M为正整数。例如,接收单元1303可以用于支持通信装置130执行步骤804。The sending unit 1302 sends uplink data on the second time unit after the first time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter according to the obtained M, and the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by M Sign, M is a positive integer. For example, the receiving unit 1303 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 804.
在再一种示例中,处理单元1301,用于获取接入网设备配置的配置授权参数以及接入网设备确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息;根据配置授权参数以及COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,确定配置授权参数指示的时间单元是否对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元。例如,处理单元1301可以用于支持通信装置130执行步骤1003、步骤1004。In yet another example, the processing unit 1301 is configured to acquire configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device and configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structures of the COT determined by the access network device; according to the configuration authorization parameters and upstream and downstream frame structures of the COT Configuration information to determine whether the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT. For example, the processing unit 1301 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 1003 and step 1004.
发送单元1302,用于若配置授权参数指示的时间单元对应COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元,则在配置授权参数指示的时间单元之后的第N个时间单元上发送上行数据;其中,第N个时间单元对应COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元相同,或者,可以描述为第N个时间单元与COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同,N为正整数。例如,发送单元1302可以用于支持通信装置130执行步骤1005。The sending unit 1302 is configured to send uplink data on the Nth time unit after the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter if the time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter corresponds to the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT; N time units correspond to the same time unit used for sending uplink data during COT or the time unit flexibly configured, or can be described as the Nth time unit is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during COT, N is a positive integer . For example, the sending unit 1302 may be used to support the communication device 130 to perform step 1005.
本申请实施例提供的通信装置130,可以执行上述图4或图6或图8或图10对应的方法实施例中终端的动作,其实现原理和技术效果类似,在此不再赘述。The communication device 130 provided by the embodiment of the present application can perform the actions of the terminal in the method embodiment corresponding to FIG. 4 or FIG. 6 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 10, and the implementation principles and technical effects are similar, and are not described herein again.
作为又一种可实现方式,图13所示通信装置130可以包括:处理模块和通信模块。处理模块可以集成处理单元1301的功能,通信模块可以集成发送单元1302和接收单元1303的功能。处理模块1301用于对通信装置130的动作进行控制管理,通信模块用于支持通信装置130与其他网络实体的通信。进一步的,图13所示通信装置130还可以包括 存储模块,用于存储通信装置130的程序代码和数据。As yet another implementable manner, the communication device 130 shown in FIG. 13 may include: a processing module and a communication module. The processing module may integrate the functions of the processing unit 1301, and the communication module may integrate the functions of the sending unit 1302 and the receiving unit 1303. The processing module 1301 is used to control and manage the operation of the communication device 130, and the communication module is used to support communication between the communication device 130 and other network entities. Further, the communication device 130 shown in FIG. 13 may further include a storage module for storing program codes and data of the communication device 130.
其中,处理模块可以是处理器或控制器。其可以实现或执行结合本申请公开内容所描述的各种示例性的逻辑方框,模块和电路。处理器也可以是实现计算功能的组合,例如包含一个或多个微处理器组合,DSP和微处理器的组合等等。通信模块可以是收发电路或通信接口等。存储模块可以是存储器。当处理模块为处理器,通信模块为通信接口,存储模块为存储器时,图13所示通信装置130可以为图3所示通信装置。The processing module may be a processor or a controller. It can implement or execute various exemplary logical blocks, modules and circuits described in conjunction with the disclosure of the present application. The processor may also be a combination of computing functions, for example, including one or more microprocessor combinations, a combination of DSP and microprocessor, and so on. The communication module may be a transceiver circuit or a communication interface. The storage module may be a memory. When the processing module is a processor, the communication module is a communication interface, and the storage module is a memory, the communication device 130 shown in FIG. 13 may be the communication device shown in FIG. 3.
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种资源配置系统14的结构示意图,如图14所示,该系统可以包括接入网设备140以及多个终端141。FIG. 14 is a schematic structural diagram of a resource configuration system 14 provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 14, the system may include an access network device 140 and multiple terminals 141.
其中,接入网设备140与图12所示通信装置120的功能相同,终端141与图13所示通信装置130的功能相同,不再赘述。The access network device 140 has the same function as the communication device 120 shown in FIG. 12, and the terminal 141 has the same function as the communication device 130 shown in FIG. 13, and details are not described here.
本申请实施例提供的资源配置系统14,可以执行上述图4或图6或图8或图10对应的方法实施例,其实现原理和技术效果类似,不再赘述。The resource configuration system 14 provided in this embodiment of the present application may execute the method embodiments corresponding to FIG. 4 or FIG. 6 or FIG. 8 or FIG. 10, and the implementation principles and technical effects are similar and will not be repeated.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例的流程或功能。计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘solid state disk(SSD))等。In the above embodiments, it can be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented using software, it can be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a dedicated computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from a website site, computer, server or data center by wire (e.g. Coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website, computer, server or data center. The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device that includes one or more available medium integrated servers, data centers, and the like. The available media may be magnetic media (eg, floppy disk, hard disk, magnetic tape), optical media (eg, DVD), or semiconductor media (eg, solid state disk (SSD)), or the like.
本文中的术语“多个”是指两个或两个以上。本文中术语“和/或”,仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,本文中字符“/”,一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系;在公式中,字符“/”,表示前后关联对象是一种“相除”的关系。The term "plurality" herein refers to two or more. The term "and/or" in this article is just an association relationship that describes an associated object, which means that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and/or B, which can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, exist alone B these three cases. In addition, the character "/" in this article generally indicates that the related object is a "or" relationship; in the formula, the character "/" indicates that the related object is a "divide" relationship.
以上所述,仅为本申请实施例的具体实施方式,但本申请实施例的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请实施例揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请实施例的保护范围之内。The above is only the specific implementation manners of the embodiments of the present application, but the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application is not limited to this, and any person skilled in the technical field within the technical scope disclosed by the embodiments of the present application can easily Changes or replacements should be covered within the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.

Claims (32)

  1. 一种资源配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A resource configuration method, characterized in that the method includes:
    接入网设备配置终端的至少两套配置授权参数;其中,所述至少两套配置授权参数中的每套配置授权参数用于指示发送上行数据的时间单元,不同配置授权参数指示的时间单元不同;The access network device configures at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal; wherein, each set of the configuration authorization parameters in the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters is used to indicate a time unit for sending uplink data, and different configuration authorization parameters indicate different time units ;
    所述接入网设备确定非授权信道的占用时间COT以及所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息;其中,所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息用于指示所述COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元、用于发送下行数据的时间单元以及灵活配置的时间单元;The access network device determines the unoccupied channel occupation time COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT; wherein the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT is used to indicate that the COT is used to send upstream data during the COT Time unit, time unit for sending downlink data, and flexible configuration time unit;
    所述接入网设备根据所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及所述至少两套配置授权参数,从所述至少两套配置授权参数中选择出第一配置授权参数;其中,所述第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与所述COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同;The access network device selects a first configuration authorization parameter from the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT and the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters; wherein, the first A time unit indicated by the configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT;
    所述接入网设备在所述COT期间向所述终端发送下行控制信息DCI;其中,所述DCI包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端在所述第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。The access network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal during the COT; wherein the DCI includes indication information used to indicate that the terminal indicates in the first configuration authorization parameter Uplink data is sent on the time unit.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述第一配置授权参数的标识。The method according to claim 1, wherein the indication information is an identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述COT的标识,所述COT的标识用于标识所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息与所述第一配置授权参数间存在对应关系。The method according to claim 1, wherein the indication information is an identifier of the COT, the identifier of the COT is used to identify configuration information of an upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, and an upstream and downstream frame of the COT There is a correspondence between the structural configuration information and the first configuration authorization parameter.
  4. 根据权利要求1-3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述接入网设备在所述COT期间向所述终端发送DCI之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein after the access network device sends DCI to the terminal during the COT, the method further comprises:
    所述接入网设备在所述第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上接收上行数据。The access network device receives uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter.
  5. 一种资源配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A resource configuration method, characterized in that the method includes:
    终端接收接入网设备在非授权信道的占用时间COT期间发送的下行控制信息DCI;其中,所述DCI包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据,所述第一配置授权参数为所述接入网设备为所述终端配置的至少两套配置授权参数中选择出的配置授权参数,所述至少两套配置授权参数中的每套配置授权参数用于指示发送上行数据的时间单元,不同配置授权参数指示的时间单元不同,所述第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与所述COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同;The terminal receives the downlink control information DCI sent by the access network device during the occupation time of the unlicensed channel COT; wherein, the DCI includes indication information used to indicate the time indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter by the terminal Uplink data is sent on the unit, and the first configuration authorization parameter is a configuration authorization parameter selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device for the terminal, and among the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters Each set of configuration authorization parameters is used to indicate the time unit for sending uplink data. Different configuration authorization parameters indicate different time units. The time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT ;
    所述终端根据所述指示信息,在所述第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。The terminal sends uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the indication information.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述第一配置授权参数的标识。The method according to claim 5, wherein the indication information is an identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的方法,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述COT的标识,所述COT的标识用于标识所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息与所述第一配置授权参数间存在对应关系。The method according to claim 5, wherein the indication information is an identifier of the COT, the identifier of the COT is used to identify configuration information of the upstream and downstream frames of the COT, and the upstream and downstream frames of the COT There is a correspondence between the structural configuration information and the first configuration authorization parameter.
  8. 一种资源配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A resource configuration method, characterized in that the method includes:
    接入网设备配置终端的配置授权参数;其中,所述配置授权参数用于指示发送上行数据的时间单元;The access network device configures the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal; wherein, the configuration authorization parameters are used to indicate a time unit for sending uplink data;
    所述接入网设备确定非授权信道的占用时间COT以及所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息;其中,所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息用于指示所述COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元、用于发送下行数据的时间单元以及灵活配置的时间单元;The access network device determines the unoccupied channel occupation time COT and the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT; wherein the upstream and downstream frame structure configuration information of the COT is used to indicate that the COT is used to send upstream data during the COT Time unit, time unit for sending downlink data, and flexible configuration time unit;
    所述接入网设备根据所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息以及所述接入网设备配置的所述终端的配置授权参数,确定所述终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据;其中,所述第一时间单元为第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元,所述第一配置授权参数为所述接入网设备配置的所述终端的配置授权参数中的一套配置授权参数;所述第二时间单元对应所述COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元;The access network device determines that the terminal is on the second time unit after the first time unit according to the configuration information of the uplink and downlink frame structure of the COT and the configuration authorization parameter of the terminal configured by the access network device Sending uplink data; wherein, the first time unit is a time unit indicated by a first configuration authorization parameter, and the first configuration authorization parameter is a set of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal configured by the access network device Configure authorization parameters; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit used for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit;
    所述接入网设备在所述COT期间向所述终端发送下行控制信息DCI;其中,所述DCI包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端在所述第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。The access network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal during the COT; wherein, the DCI includes indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate the terminal after the first time unit. Send uplink data on two time units.
  9. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时间单元的起始符号与所述第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,所述K为正整数;当所述接入网设备配置的所述终端的配置授权参数包括一套配置授权参数时,所述指示信息包括所述K。The method according to claim 8, wherein the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and K is a positive integer; When the configuration authorization parameter of the terminal configured by the network access device includes a set of configuration authorization parameters, the indication information includes the K.
  10. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时间单元的起始符号与所述第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,所述K为正整数;The method according to claim 8, wherein the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and the K is a positive integer;
    当所述接入网设备配置的所述终端的配置授权参数包括至少两套配置授权参数时,所述指示信息包括所述K以及所述第一配置授权参数的标识。When the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal configured by the access network device include at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the indication information includes the identifier of the K and the first configuration authorization parameter.
  11. 根据权利要求8-10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在所述接入网设备在所述COT期间向所述终端发送下行控制信息DCI之后,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 8 to 10, wherein after the access network device sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal during the COT, the method further comprises:
    所述接入网设备在所述第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上接收上行数据。The access network device receives uplink data on a second time unit after the first time unit.
  12. 一种资源配置方法,其特征在于,所述方法包括:A resource configuration method, characterized in that the method includes:
    终端接收接入网设备在非授权信道的占用时间COT期间发送的下行控制信息DCI;其中,所述DCI包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据;所述第一时间单元为第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元,所述第一配置授权参数为所述接入网设备配置的所述终端的配置授权参数中的一套配置授权参数;所述第二时间单元对应所述COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元;The terminal receives the downlink control information DCI sent by the access network device during the unauthorized channel occupation time COT; wherein, the DCI includes indication information used to indicate the second terminal after the first time unit Uplink data is sent on a time unit; the first time unit is a time unit indicated by a first configuration authorization parameter, and the first configuration authorization parameter is one of the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal configured by the access network device A set of configuration authorization parameters; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit;
    所述终端根据所述指示信息,在所述第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。The terminal sends uplink data on a second time unit after the first time unit according to the instruction information.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时间单元的起始符号与所述第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,所述K为正整数;当所述接入网设备配置的所述终端的配置授权参数包括一套配置授权参数时,所述指示信息包括所述K。The method according to claim 12, wherein the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and the K is a positive integer; When the configuration authorization parameter of the terminal configured by the network access device includes a set of configuration authorization parameters, the indication information includes the K.
  14. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二时间单元的起始符号与所述第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,所述K为正整数;The method according to claim 12, wherein the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and the K is a positive integer;
    当所述接入网设备配置的所述终端的配置授权参数包括至少两套配置授权参数时,所述指示信息包括所述K以及所述第一配置授权参数的标识。When the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal configured by the access network device include at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the indication information includes the identifier of the K and the first configuration authorization parameter.
  15. 一种接入网设备,其特征在于,所述接入网设备包括:An access network device, characterized in that the access network device includes:
    处理单元,用于配置终端的至少两套配置授权参数;其中,所述至少两套配置授权参 数中的每套配置授权参数用于指示发送上行数据的时间单元,不同配置授权参数指示的时间单元不同;A processing unit, configured to configure at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters of the terminal; wherein, each set of the configuration authorization parameters in the at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters is used to indicate a time unit for sending uplink data, and a time unit indicated by different configuration authorization parameters different;
    所述处理单元,还用于确定非授权信道的占用时间COT以及所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息;其中,所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息用于指示所述COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元、用于发送下行数据的时间单元以及灵活配置的时间单元;以及根据确定的COT的上下行帧结构配置信息和配置的至少两套配置授权参数,从所述至少两套配置授权参数中选择出第一配置授权参数;其中,所述第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与所述COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同;The processing unit is further used to determine the occupation time of the unlicensed channel COT and the uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information of the COT; wherein the uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information of the COT is used to indicate that the COT is used for sending during the COT Time unit for uplink data, time unit for sending downlink data, and time unit for flexible configuration; and at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters according to the determined COT uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information and configuration, from the at least two sets of configuration The first configuration authorization parameter is selected from the authorization parameters; wherein the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter is different from the time unit used for sending downlink data during the COT;
    发送单元,用于在所述COT期间向所述终端发送下行控制信息DCI;其中,所述DCI包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端在所述第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。A sending unit, configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal during the COT; wherein, the DCI includes indication information used to indicate the terminal at the time indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter The unit sends upstream data.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述第一配置授权参数的标识。The access network device according to claim 15, wherein the indication information is an identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
  17. 根据权利要求15所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述COT的标识,所述COT的标识用于标识所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息与所述第一配置授权参数间存在对应关系。The access network device according to claim 15, wherein the indication information is an identifier of the COT, and the identifier of the COT is used to identify configuration information of an upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, and There is a correspondence between the configuration information of the uplink and downlink frame structure and the first configuration authorization parameter.
  18. 根据权利要求15-17任一项所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述接入网设备还包括:The access network device according to any one of claims 15-17, wherein the access network device further comprises:
    接收单元,还用于在所述发送单元在所述COT期间向所述终端发送DCI之后,在所述第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上接收上行数据。The receiving unit is further configured to receive uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter after the sending unit sends DCI to the terminal during the COT.
  19. 一种终端,其特征在于,所述终端包括:A terminal is characterized in that the terminal includes:
    接收单元,用于接收接入网设备在非授权信道的占用时间COT期间发送的下行控制信息DCI;其中,所述DCI包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端在第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据,所述第一配置授权参数为所述接入网设备为所述终端配置的至少两套配置授权参数中选择出的配置授权参数,所述至少两套配置授权参数中的每套配置授权参数用于指示发送上行数据的时间单元,不同配置授权参数指示的时间单元不同,所述第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元与所述COT期间用于发送下行数据的时间单元不同;A receiving unit, configured to receive downlink control information DCI sent by the access network device during the occupation time of the unlicensed channel COT; wherein, the DCI includes indication information used to indicate that the terminal is authorized in the first configuration Uplink data is sent on the time unit indicated by the parameter, the first configuration authorization parameter is a configuration authorization parameter selected from at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters configured by the access network device for the terminal, and the at least two sets of configuration Each set of configuration authorization parameters in the authorization parameters is used to indicate a time unit for sending uplink data. Different configuration authorization parameters indicate different time units. The time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter and the COT period are used for sending downlink data The time unit is different;
    发送单元,用于根据所述指示信息,在所述第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元上发送上行数据。The sending unit is configured to send uplink data on the time unit indicated by the first configuration authorization parameter according to the instruction information.
  20. 根据权利要求19所述的终端,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述第一配置授权参数的标识。The terminal according to claim 19, wherein the indication information is an identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
  21. 根据权利要求19所述的终端,其特征在于,所述指示信息为所述COT的标识,所述COT的标识用于标识所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息,所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息与所述第一配置授权参数间存在对应关系。The terminal according to claim 19, wherein the indication information is an identifier of the COT, the identifier of the COT is used to identify configuration information of an upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT, and an upstream and downstream frame of the COT There is a correspondence between the structural configuration information and the first configuration authorization parameter.
  22. 一种接入网设备,其特征在于,所述接入网设备包括:An access network device, characterized in that the access network device includes:
    处理单元,用于配置终端的配置授权参数;其中,所述配置授权参数用于指示发送上行数据的时间单元;A processing unit, configured to configure configuration authorization parameters of the terminal; wherein, the configuration authorization parameters are used to indicate a time unit for sending uplink data;
    所述处理单元,还用于确定非授权信道的占用时间COT以及所述COT的上下行帧结 构配置信息;其中,所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息用于指示所述COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元、用于发送下行数据的时间单元以及灵活配置的时间单元;以及根据所述COT的上下行帧结构配置信息和配置的所述终端的配置授权参数,确定所述终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据;其中,所述第一时间单元为第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元,所述第一配置授权参数为所述处理单元配置的所述终端的配置授权参数中的一套配置授权参数;所述第二时间单元对应所述COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元;The processing unit is further used to determine the occupation time of the unlicensed channel COT and the uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information of the COT; wherein the uplink and downlink frame structure configuration information of the COT is used to indicate that the COT is used for sending during the COT A time unit for uplink data, a time unit for sending downlink data, and a flexibly configured time unit; and according to the configuration information of the upstream and downstream frame structure of the COT and the configured configuration authorization parameters of the terminal, determine that the terminal is Uplink data is sent on a second time unit after a time unit; wherein, the first time unit is a time unit indicated by a first configuration authorization parameter, and the first configuration authorization parameter is the terminal configured by the processing unit A set of configuration authorization parameters in the configuration authorization parameters; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit;
    发送单元,用于在所述COT期间向所述终端发送下行控制信息DCI;其中,所述DCI包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端在所述第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。A sending unit, configured to send downlink control information DCI to the terminal during the COT; wherein, the DCI includes indication information, the indication information is used to indicate the second terminal of the terminal after the first time unit Uplink data is sent on the time unit.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第二时间单元的起始符号与所述第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,所述K为正整数;当所述处理单元配置的所述终端的配置授权参数包括一套配置授权参数时,所述指示信息包括所述K。The access network device according to claim 22, wherein the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and K is a positive integer; When the configuration authorization parameter of the terminal configured by the processing unit includes a set of configuration authorization parameters, the indication information includes the K.
  24. 根据权利要求22所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述第二时间单元的起始符号与所述第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,所述K为正整数;The access network device according to claim 22, wherein the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and the K is a positive integer;
    当所述处理单元配置的所述终端的配置授权参数包括至少两套配置授权参数时,所述指示信息包括所述K以及所述第一配置授权参数的标识。When the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal configured by the processing unit include at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the indication information includes the K and the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
  25. 根据权利要求22-24任一项所述的接入网设备,其特征在于,所述接入网设备还包括:The access network device according to any one of claims 22-24, wherein the access network device further comprises:
    接收单元,用于在所述发送单元在所述COT期间向所述终端发送下行控制信息DCI之后,在所述第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上接收上行数据。The receiving unit is configured to receive uplink data on a second time unit after the first time unit after the sending unit sends downlink control information DCI to the terminal during the COT.
  26. 一种终端,其特征在于,所述终端包括:A terminal is characterized in that the terminal includes:
    接收单元,用于接收接入网设备在非授权信道的占用时间COT期间发送的下行控制信息DCI;其中,所述DCI包括指示信息,所述指示信息用于指示所述终端在第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据;所述第一时间单元为第一配置授权参数指示的时间单元,所述第一配置授权参数为所述接入网设备配置的所述终端的配置授权参数中的一套配置授权参数;所述第二时间单元对应所述COT期间用于发送上行数据的时间单元或者灵活配置的时间单元;A receiving unit, configured to receive downlink control information DCI sent by the access network device during the unoccupied channel occupied time COT; wherein, the DCI includes indication information, and the indication information is used to indicate that the terminal is in the first time unit Uplink data is sent on a second time unit thereafter; the first time unit is a time unit indicated by a first configuration authorization parameter, and the first configuration authorization parameter is the configuration authorization of the terminal configured by the access network device A set of configuration authorization parameters in the parameters; the second time unit corresponds to a time unit for sending uplink data during the COT or a flexibly configured time unit;
    发送单元,用于根据所述指示信息,在所述第一时间单元之后的第二时间单元上发送上行数据。A sending unit, configured to send uplink data on a second time unit after the first time unit according to the instruction information.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第二时间单元的起始符号与所述第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,所述K为正整数;当所述接入网设备配置的所述终端的配置授权参数包括一套配置授权参数时,所述指示信息包括所述K。The terminal according to claim 26, wherein the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and K is a positive integer; When the configuration authorization parameter of the terminal configured by the network access device includes a set of configuration authorization parameters, the indication information includes the K.
  28. 根据权利要求26所述的终端,其特征在于,所述第二时间单元的起始符号与所述第一时间单元的起始符号间隔K个符号,所述K为正整数;当所述接入网设备配置的所述终端的配置授权参数包括至少两套配置授权参数时,所述指示信息包括所述K以及所述第一配置授权参数的标识。The terminal according to claim 26, wherein the start symbol of the second time unit is separated from the start symbol of the first time unit by K symbols, and K is a positive integer; When the configuration authorization parameters of the terminal configured by the network access device include at least two sets of configuration authorization parameters, the indication information includes the K and the identifier of the first configuration authorization parameter.
  29. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述计算机可读存储介质在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行权利要求1-4中任一 项权利要求所述的资源配置方法或者权利要求8-11中任一项权利要求所述的资源配置方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, causes the computer to perform any of claims 1-4 A resource allocation method according to one claim or a resource allocation method according to any one of claims 8-11.
  30. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置为接入网设备或者所述接入网设备中的芯片或所述接入网设备中的片上系统;A communication device, characterized in that the communication device is an access network device or a chip in the access network device or a system-on-chip in the access network device;
    所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器;所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当所述处理器运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使所述通信装置执行权利要求1-4中任一项权利要求所述的资源配置方法或者权利要求8-11中任一项权利要求所述的资源配置方法。The communication device includes a processor and a memory; the memory is used to store computer-executed instructions, and when the processor is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to execute The resource allocation method according to any one of claims 1-4 or the resource allocation method according to any one of claims 8-11.
  31. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质中存储有指令,当所述计算机可读存储介质在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行权利要求5-7中任一项权利要求所述的资源配置方法或者权利要求12-14中任一项权利要求所述的资源配置方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that instructions are stored in the computer-readable storage medium, and when the computer-readable storage medium runs on a computer, causes the computer to perform any of claims 5-7 A resource allocation method according to one claim or a resource allocation method according to any one of claims 12-14.
  32. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,所述通信装置为终端或者所述终端中的芯片或所述终端中的片上系统;所述通信装置包括处理器和存储器;A communication device, characterized in that the communication device is a terminal or a chip in the terminal or a system on chip in the terminal; the communication device includes a processor and a memory;
    所述存储器用于存储计算机执行指令,当所述处理器运行时,所述处理器执行所述存储器存储的该计算机执行指令,以使所述通信装置执行权利要求5-7中任一项权利要求所述的资源配置方法或者权利要求12-14中任一项权利要求所述的资源配置方法。The memory is used to store computer-executed instructions. When the processor is running, the processor executes the computer-executed instructions stored in the memory to cause the communication device to execute any one of claims 5-7. The resource configuration method as claimed or the resource configuration method as claimed in any one of claims 12-14.
PCT/CN2020/070715 2019-01-10 2020-01-07 Resource configuration method and apparatus WO2020143630A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201910024797.1A CN111432423B (en) 2019-01-10 2019-01-10 Resource allocation method and device
CN201910024797.1 2019-01-10

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020143630A1 true WO2020143630A1 (en) 2020-07-16

Family

ID=71521433

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2020/070715 WO2020143630A1 (en) 2019-01-10 2020-01-07 Resource configuration method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN111432423B (en)
WO (1) WO2020143630A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4165894A4 (en) * 2020-08-05 2023-07-26 Apple Inc. Enhanced configured grants
US11570806B2 (en) * 2020-12-04 2023-01-31 Qualcomm Incorporated Conditional configured grant (CG) occasions for uplink transmission
CN115707110A (en) * 2021-08-02 2023-02-17 华为技术有限公司 Resource allocation method and communication device

Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105530647A (en) * 2014-10-23 2016-04-27 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 LAA transmission method and device in cellular network
CN105636221A (en) * 2014-11-05 2016-06-01 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 LAA scheduling method and apparatus
CN106304371A (en) * 2015-05-15 2017-01-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of data transmission method, device, terminal, base station and system
US20170222749A1 (en) * 2016-02-01 2017-08-03 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Downlink control signaling for uplink transmission in a wireless network
CN107295676A (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data transmission method and device
WO2018059179A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 华为技术有限公司 Unlicensed spectrum channel occupation method and device

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8660071B2 (en) * 2009-03-19 2014-02-25 Qualcomm Incorporated Adaptive resource partitioning in a wireless communication network
WO2016208953A1 (en) * 2015-06-22 2016-12-29 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Method and apparatus for performing communication in wireless communication system
CN106851662B (en) * 2017-01-18 2019-11-19 京信通信系统(中国)有限公司 A kind of unlicensed spectrum resource allocation methods and device

Patent Citations (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN105530647A (en) * 2014-10-23 2016-04-27 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 LAA transmission method and device in cellular network
CN105636221A (en) * 2014-11-05 2016-06-01 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 LAA scheduling method and apparatus
CN106304371A (en) * 2015-05-15 2017-01-04 中兴通讯股份有限公司 A kind of data transmission method, device, terminal, base station and system
US20170222749A1 (en) * 2016-02-01 2017-08-03 Ofinno Technologies, Llc Downlink control signaling for uplink transmission in a wireless network
CN107295676A (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-24 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Data transmission method and device
WO2018059179A1 (en) * 2016-09-30 2018-04-05 华为技术有限公司 Unlicensed spectrum channel occupation method and device

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
3GPP: "3rd Generation Partnership Project; Technical Specification Group Radio Access Network; Physical Layer Procedures for Shared Spectrum Channel Access(Release 15)", 3GPP TS 37.213 V15.1.0, 30 September 2018 (2018-09-30), XP051487427 *
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "Discussion on Trigger Monitoring Timeline for Two Stage Grants in eLAA", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 #86BIS R1-1609947, 14 October 2016 (2016-10-14), XP051159770 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN111432423A (en) 2020-07-17
CN111432423B (en) 2021-11-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3986024A1 (en) Data transmission method and device, quality of service flow management method and device, and medium
JP6985430B2 (en) Control information transmission method and device
TWI785185B (en) Transmission configuration method and related products
WO2020143630A1 (en) Resource configuration method and apparatus
US11968682B2 (en) Uplink dynamic grant-free transmission method and apparatus
US20210314808A1 (en) BSR Reporting Method and Apparatus
US20220248466A1 (en) Resource configuration method and device
WO2016119111A1 (en) Random access method, terminal and base station
CN112640556B (en) Method for collision avoidance in cellular network and device for configuring the method
JP7306662B2 (en) Uplink transmission time domain resource determination method and apparatus
WO2019158039A1 (en) Communication method and communication apparatus
US11258571B2 (en) Downlink control information transmission method, apparatus, and system
WO2018202022A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting buffer status report
EP4152815A1 (en) Communication method and communication device
CN113490276B (en) Method and device for transmitting and receiving information
WO2021036834A1 (en) Resource indication method and apparatus
WO2020224648A1 (en) Resource allocation method, base station and terminal
WO2020147814A1 (en) Method and device for resource allocation
CN110972280B (en) Resource allocation method, information sending method and device
US20230074305A1 (en) Resource determining method, apparatus, and system
WO2021072610A1 (en) Method and apparatus for activating and releasing non-dynamic scheduling transmission
WO2021035448A1 (en) Indication method and apparatus for cross-slot scheduling
WO2019136729A1 (en) Parameter configuration method and related products
WO2023232007A1 (en) Signal transmission method and apparatus
WO2021008365A1 (en) Data transmission method and device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20738753

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20738753

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1